THE BOOK OF RITESdioceseofparanaque.org/.../01/cir-2018-008-Book-of-Rites.pdfliturgical books be used, such as the Roman Missal, Aklat ng Pagmimisa sa Roma, the Lectionary, and/or

1

Diocese of Parañaque COMMISSION ON LITURGY AND POPULAR RELIGIOSITY

Diocesan Center for Evangelization

THE BOOK

OF RITES

For Use in the Parishes, Schools,

Various Institutions, and Christian Communities

in the Diocese of Parañaque

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction ……………………………………………………………………................. 3

The Rite of Christian Initiation of Adults ……………………………………................ 6

Ang Isahang Pagdiriwang ng Binyag at Kumpil

sa May Sapat na Gulang ………………………………………………................ 16

Rite of Baptism of Several Children ……………………………………………………. 27

Pagdiriwang ng Binyag ng Maraming Bata …………………………………………… 37

The Sacrament of Confirmation Within Mass ………………………………………… 50

Pagmimisa Ukol sa Sakramento ng Kumpil …………………………………………… 67

The Sacrament of Confirmation Outside Mass ………………………………………... 85

Pagdiriwang ng Kumpil Kapag Walang Misa …………………………………………. 91

Praenotanda to the Celebration of First Holy Eucharist ……………………................ 98

The Liturgy of First Holy Eucharist ……………………………………………………. 102

Pagdiriwang ng Misa ng Unang Pakikinabang ………………………………………… 116

The Rite of Celebrating Marriage Within Mass ……………………………………….. 132

Pagmimisa Ukol sa Sakramento ng Pag-iisang Dibdib .………………………………. 152

The Rite of Celebrating Marriage Outside Mass ……………………………………… 176

Pagdiriwang ng Pag-iisang Dibdib Kapag Walang Misa ……………………………… 186

Celebration of Marriage Jubilees and Wedding Anniversaries ………………………. 197

Pagdiriwang ng Taunang Paggunita sa Pag-iisang Dibdib ………………………….... 212

Blessing of a Married Couple Outside Mass …………………………………................ 229

Praenotanda to The Rite of Reconciliation of Several Penitents

with Individual Confession and Absolution ……………………………………. 236

The Liturgy ………………………………………………………………………………. 239

Praenotanda to The Sacrament of Anointing of the Sick

within Mass ………………………………………………………………………. 242

The Liturgy ………………………………………………………………………………. 245

Pagdiriwang ng Misa at Sakramento ng Pagpapahid ng Langis

sa Maysakit ………………………………………………………………………. 261

Praenotanda to the Thanksgiving Mass for Graduating Students …………................ 277

The Liturgy ………………………………………………………………………………. 281

Ang Misa ng Pasasalamat para sa mga Magtatapos na Mag-aaral ………………...... 293

Ang Pagdiriwang ng Misa ………………………………………………………………. 296

Appendix …………………………………………………………………………………. 311

3

Introduction to the Book of Rites

On the Book of Rites

The Book of Rites is a compilation of the celebration of the various Sacraments of the

Church. This is a project of the Commission on Liturgy and Popular Religiosity for the use of the

parishes, schools, and Christian communities of the Diocese of Parañaque. The Book provides

resource materials in order to facilitate the preparation and celebration of the Sacraments based

on official liturgical books and sources. This book will likewise ensure the uniformity of the

celebration of the liturgy and minimize the need to obtain the rites from sources which lack the

approval of comptetent ecclesiastical authority.

For whom is this book intended?

The Book of Rites is intended for Parish priests and their associate clerics, both diocesan

and religious, parish liturgy commissions, lay liturgical ministers, campus ministers, catechists,

and all those involved in the preparation and celebration of the liturgy in the parishes, vicariates,

academic institutions, and other Christian communities.

How is this book to be used for the preparation and celebration of the Liturgy?

1. The Rites in this book are intended to be sources and models of celebrating the liturgy.

They may either be transcribed and used as a guide for presiders and lay liturgical

ministers.

2. Certain rites are preceeded by what is called as a Praenotanda, which is a basic

description of the particular liturgical celebration, and contains important elements for

consideration. These must be carefully observed in order to ensure the dignity and beauty

of each celebration.

3. The transcription of the Rites must include the Rubrics, or actual instructions regarding

the various elements of the liturgical celebration.

4. Since the readings from Scripture are of great value in every liturgical celebration, these

have been included, some in the rite itself, and others are found in the Appendix. The

actual texts themselves, however, are found in the Lectionary of the Mass and the book

“Ang Salita ng Diyos.” These books must be used for the proclamation of the readings at

Mass.

5. It is highly recommended that for some parts of the mass, especially those which are the

Ordinary of the Mass, (e.g., the Eucharistic Prayer, the Communion Rite), the official

liturgical books be used, such as the Roman Missal, Aklat ng Pagmimisa sa Roma, the

Lectionary, and/or Gospel Book.

6. The Appendix of the Book of Rites contains the recommended readings for each

celebration, some options for Presidential Prayers, and other prayers pertaining to certain

rites and Sacraments.

4

What sources were these rites obtained from?

The following liturgical books were used as sources of the rites:

1. The Roman Missal, Third Typical Edition

2. The Rites of the Catholic Church I, The Liturgical Press, Collegeville, Minnesota, 1990

3. The Book of Blessings, Catholic Book Publishing Co., New York 1989

4. Ang Aklat ng Pagmimisa sa Roma

5. Marriage Rite for the Philippines, Archdiocesn Liturgical Commission, Manila;

Federation of Tagalog Liturgical Commissions, 2009

6. Ang Pagdiriwang ng Pag-iisang Dibdib, CBCP; Archdiocesan Liturgical Commission,

Manila, 2001

7. Collectio Rituum, English and Filipino Editions, Archdiocesan Liturgical Commission,

Manila,

Conclusion

It is our fervent hope that this Book will prove to be of good use for our pastors and lay

leaders so that the liturgy of the Church may be the “source and summit” of the Christian life for

our Christian communities. May God continue to bless us and let us continue to offer to him our

response to his invitation with liturgical celebrations that manifest the fullness of our prayers and

praises, imbued with dignity, respect, beauty, and grace. Through Jesus, our high priest, and our

Advocate, the Holy Spirit.

The Diocese of Parañaque

Commission on Liturgy and Popular Religiosity

REV. FR. JOHN FRANCIS FREDERICK K. MANLAPIG Chairperson, DOP-CLPR

REV. FR. RODERICK S. PACOMA Co-Chairperson, DOP-CLPR

Imprimatur:

JESSE E. MERCADO, D.D. Bishop of Parañaque

5

SACRAMENT OF

BAPTISM

6

THE RITE OF CHRISTIAN INITIATION OF ADULTS

(Abbreviated Form)

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Receiving the Candidate

Greeting

Opening Dialogue

Facing the candidate, the celebrant asks the following questions, using these or similar

words.

Celebrant: My dear brother/sister, what do you ask of God‟s Holy Church?

Candidate: Faith by entrance into the Church.

Celebrant: What does faith offer you?

Candidate: It offers eternal life.

Candidate‟s Declaration

The celebrant addresses the candidate in these or similar words.

Celebrant: This is eternal life:

to know the one true God and Jesus Christ, whom he has sent.

Christ has been raised from the dead

and appointed by God as the Lord of life

and ruler of all things, seen and unseen.

You would not ask for this life or seek baptism today,

unless you have already come to know Christ

and wanted to become his disciple.

And I ask you, have you listened to Christ‟s word

and resolved to keep his commandments?

Have you shared our way of life and joined with us in prayer?

Have you done all things with the intention of becoming a Christian?

Candidate: I have.

7

Affirmation by the Godparents

The celebrant then turns to the godparents and asks them.

Celebrant: You are the candidate‟s godparents.

As God is your witness, do you consider him/her worthy

to be admitted today to the Sacraments of Christian Initiation?

Godparents: I do.

Celebrant: You have spoken in N.‟s favor.

Are you prepared to help him/her to serve Christ

by your words and example?

Godparents: I am.

The celebrant, with hands joined, says:

Celebrant: Let us pray.

Father of mercy, we thank you for your servant, N.

You have sought and summoned him/her in many ways

and he/she has turned to seek you.

You have called him/her today and he/she has answered

in the presence of the Church.

Look favorably upon him/her

and let your loving purpose be fulfilled within him/her.

Through Christ, our Lord.

All: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm

Alleluia or Gospel Verse

Gospel

Homily

8

Intercessions

Celebrant: Let us pray for our brother/sister who asks for Christ‟s sacraments, and let us pray

for ourselves, sinners that we are, that we may all draw nearer to Christ in faith

and repentance and walk untiringly in newness of life. For every petition, we say:

Lord, hear our prayer.

Reader: That the Lord may kindle in all of us a spirit of true repentance, let us pray to the

Lord.

That we, who have died to sin and been saved by Christ through baptism, may be

living proof of his grace, let us pray to the Lord.

The with trust in God‟s love and sorrow for sin our brother/sister may prepare to

meet Christ his/her Savior, let us pray to the Lord.

That by following Christ, who takes away the sin of the world, our brother/sister

may be healed of the infection of sin and freed from its power, let us pray to the

Lord.

That by the power of the Holy Spirit, he/she may be cleansed from sin and guided

along the path of holiness, let us pray to the Lord.

That through the burial with Christ in baptism he/she may die to sin and live

always for God, let us pray to the Lord.

Prayer of Exorcism

Celebrant: Father of mercies,

you sent your only Son to rescue us from the slavery of sin

and to give us freedom as your children.

We pray for your servant N.;

he/she has faced the temptations of this world

and been tested by the cunning of Satan;

now he/she acknowledges his/her sinfulness

and professes his/her faith.

By the passion and resurrection of your Son

deliver him/her from the powers of darkness

and strengthen him/her through the grace of Christ,

that he/she may journey through life,

shielded by your unfailing care.

Through Christ our Lord.

All: Amen.

9

Laying on of Hands

The celebrant faces the candidate says the following prayer.

Celebrant: May Christ our Savior strengthen you with his power,

for he is Lord for ever and ever.

Candidate: Amen.

Then, in silence, the celebrant lays hands on the candidate.

CELEBRATION OF BAPTISM

Invitation to Prayer

The candidate with the godparents goes to the baptismal font with the celebrant, who

then prays in these or similar words:

Celebrant: Dear friends, let us pray to almighty God for our brother/sister N., who is asking

for baptism. He has called N. and brought him/her to this moment; may he grant

N. light and strength to follow Christ with a resolute heart and to profess the faith

of the Church. May he give N. the new life of the Holy Spirit, whom we are about

to call down on this water.

Prayer Over the Water

Facing the font (or vessel) containing the water, the celebrant says the following prayer.

Celebrant: Father, you give us grace through sacramental signs,

which tell us of the wonders of your unseen power.

In baptism we use your gift of water,

which you have made a rich symbol of the grace

you give us in this sacrament.

At the very dawn of creation

your Spirit breathed on the waters,

making them the wellspring of all holiness.

The waters of the great flood

you made a sign of the waters of baptism

that make an end of sin

and a new beginning of goodness.

Through the waters of the Red Sea

you led Israel out of slavery

to be an image of God‟s holy people,

set free from sin by baptism.

10

In the waters of the Jordan

your Son was baptized by John and anointed with the Spirit.

Your Son willed that water and blood

should flow from his side as he hung upon the cross.

After his resurrection he told his disciples:

“Go out and teach all nations,

baptizing them in the name of the Father,

and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.”

Father, look now with love upon your Church

and unseal for it the fount of baptism.

By the power of the Holy Spirit

give to this water the grace of your Son,

so that in the sacrament of baptism

all those whom you have created in your likeness

may be cleansed from sin and rise to a new birth of innocence

by water and the Holy Spirit.

Before continuing, the celebrant pauses and touches the water with his right hand.

We ask you, Father, with your Son

to send the Holy Spirit upon the water of this font.

May all who are buried with Christ in the death of baptism

rise also with him to newness of life.


All: Amen.

[Easter Season]

During the Easter Season, instead of the Prayer over baptismal water, the thanksgiving

over the water which has already been blessed at the Easter Vigil is used.

Celebrant: Father, God of mercy,

though these waters of baptism

you have filled us with new life

as your very own children.

All: Blessed be God for ever.

Celebrant: From all who are baptized in water and the Holy Spirit,

you have formed one people,

united in your Son, Jesus Christ.


11

Celebrant: You have set us free and filled our hearts

with the Spirit of your love,

that we may live in your peace.


Celebrant: You call those who have been baptized

to announce the Good News of Jesus Christ

to people everywhere.


Celebrant: You have called your child N. to this cleansing water,

that he/she may share in the faith of your Church and have eternal life.

By the mystery of this consecrated water

lead him/her to a new and spiritual birth.


All: Amen.

Renunciation of Sin

Using the following formulary, the celebrant questions the candidate.

Celebrant: My dear child, you have signified your intention of entering into the life of the

Church through this holy sacrament. I invite you now to confirm your desire to

live in Christ by your conscious act of avoiding sin and professing your faith.

Celebrant: Do you reject sin so as to live

in the freedom of God‟s children?

Candidate: I do.

Celebrant: Do you reject the glamor of evil,

and refuse to be mastered by sin?

Candidate: I do.

Celebrant: Do you reject Satan, the father of sin

and prince of darkness?

Candidate: I do.

12

Profession of Faith

Celebrant: N., do you believe in God, the Father almighty,

creator of heaven and earth?

Candidate: I do.

Celebrant: Do you believe in Jesus Christ, his only Son, our Lord,

who was born of the Virgin Mary, was crucified, died,

and was buried, rose from the dead,

and is now seated at the right hand of the Father?

Candidate: I do.

Celebrant: Do you believe in the Holy Spirit, the holy catholic Church,

the communion of saints, the forgiveness of sins,

the resurrection of the body, and the life everlasting?

Candidate: I do.

Baptism

The celebrant proceeds to pour baptismal water three times on the candidate’s bowed

head, and baptizes the candidate in the name of the Trinity. The godparents may place the right hand over the shoulder of the candidate.

Celebrant: N., I baptize you in the name of the Father,

He pours water the first time.

and of the Son,

He pours water the second time.

and of the Holy Spirit.

He pours water the third time.

13

EXPLANATORY RITES

Clothing with a Baptismal Garment

The celebrant says the following formulary, and at the words, “Receive this baptismal

garment” the godparents place the garment on the newly baptized.

Celebrant: N., you have become a new creation

and have clothed yourself in Christ.

Receive this baptismal garment and bring it unstained

to the judgement seat of our Lord Jesus Christ,

so that you may have everlasting life.

Newly Baptized: Amen.

Presentation of a Lighted Candle

The celebrant addresses the godparent/s of the newly baptized.

Celebrant: Godparent/s, please come forward

to give to the newly baptized the light of Christ.

The godparent goes to the Paschal Candle and lights a candle from it, and then presents it to the newly baptized. Then he/she is addressed by the celebrant.

Celebrant: You have been enlightened by Christ.

Walk always as a child of the light

and keep the flame of faith alive in your heart.

When the Lord comes, may you go out to meet him

with all the saints in the heavenly kingdom.

CELEBRATION OF CONFIRMATION

The celebrant who conferred baptism now begins the celebration of Confirmation

Invitation

The celebrant first speaks briefly to the person newly baptized in these or similar words.

Celebrant: N., born again in Christ by baptism,

you have become a member of Christ and of his priestly people.

Now you are to share in the outpouring of the Holy Spirit among us, the Spirit

sent by the Lord upon his apostles at Pentecost

and given by them and their successors to be baptized.

14

The promised strength of the Holy Spirit,

which you are to receive, will make you more like Christ

and help you to be a witness to his suffering, death, and resurrection. It will

strengthen you to be an active member of the Church

and to build up the Body of Christ in faith and love.

The celebrant now addresses the people.

Celebrant: My dear friends, let us pray to God our Father,

that he will pour out the Holy Spirit

on our newly baptized brother/sister

to strengthen him with his gifts and anoint him/her

to be more like Christ, the Son of God.

All pray briefly in silence.

Laying on of Hands

The celebrant then lays hands on the person to be confirmed and says the following

prayer.

Celebrant: All-powerful God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ,

by water and the Holy Spirit y

ou freed your son/daughter from sin

and gave him/her new life.

Send your Holy Spirit upon him/her

to be his/her helper and guide.

Give him/her the spirit of wisdom and understanding,

the spirit of right judgement and courage,

the spirit of knowledge and reverence.

Fill him/her with the spirit of wonder and awe in your presence.


All: Amen.

Anointing with Chrism

A minister brings the chrism to the celebrant.

The candidate, with the godparents, goes to the celebrant. Either or both godparents

place the right hand on the shoulder of the candidate and either a godparent or the candidate gives the candidate’s name to the celebrant.

The celebrant dips his right thumb in the chrism and makes the sign of the cross on the forehead of the one to be confirmed.

15

Celebrant: N., be sealed with the gift of the Holy Spirit.

Newly Confirmed: Amen.

Celebrant: Peace be with you.

Newly Confirmed: And with your spirit.

Lord‟s Prayer

Celebrant: Dear friends in Christ, let us now pray together

as the Lord Jesus Christ has taught us.

All: Our Father…

Final Blessing

After the Lord’s Prayer, the celebrant blesses all present. Instead of the usual blessing,

the following may be used.

Celebrant: The Lord be with you.

All: And with your Spirit.

Celebrant: God our Father made you his children by water the Holy Spirit;

may be bless you and watch over you with his fatherly love.

All: Amen.

Celebrant: Jesus Christ the Son of God promised that the Spirit of truth

would be with the Church for ever:

may he bless you and give you courage in professing the faith.

All: Amen.

Celebrant: The Holy Spirit came down upon the disciples

and set their hearts on fire with love:

may he bless you, keep you one in faith and love

and bring you to the joy of God‟s kingdom.

All: Amen.

Celebrant: And may almighty God bless all of you, the Father,

and the Son, and the Holy Spirit.

All: Amen.

16

ANG ISAHANG PAGDIRIWANG NG

BINYAG AT KUMPIL PARA SA MAY SAPAT NA GULANG

PAMBUNGAD

Pagsalubong sa Pinto ng Simbahan

Kapag nakahanda na lang lahat at natitipon ang sambayanan, maaaring

magsimula ang rito sa pintuan ng simbahan. Sisimulan ng pari ang pagdiriwang

sa pamamagitan ng pagbati samantalang kasama ng bibinyagan ang kanyang

mga tagapagtangkilik.

Pari: Sumainyo ang Panginoon.

Bayan: At sumaiyo rin.

Pari: Mga kapatid, tayo‟y nagagalak na magkatipon-tipon

sa pagdiriwang na ito para kay N.,

na magiging kaanib ng Sambayanang Kristiyano.

Sa pasimula ng ating pagdiriwang mangyari lamang

na iyong ipahayag ang iyong layunin.

Ano ang hinahanap mo sa Simbahan?

Nagpapabinyag: Nais ko pong sumampalataya kay Kristo.

Pari: Ano ang kapakinabangang dulot nito?

Nagpapabinyag: Ito po ay nagdudulot ng buhay na walang hanggan.

Pari: Ito ang buhay na walang hanggan,

ang pagkilala sa tunay na Diyos

at kay Hesukristo na Kanyang sinugo.

Si Kristo ay ating Panginoong nabuhay mag-uli.

Sa Kanyang muling pagkabuhay ikaw ay makakapakinabang.

Sa pagdulog mo ngayon, ikaw ay magiging Kanyang alagad.

Ikaw ba ay nakahanda na maging Kristiyano?

Ikaw ba ay nakapakinig na sa salita ni Kristo

at nakapagpasyang sumunod sa Kanyang mga utos?

Nagpapabinyag: Opo.

17

Babaling ang pari sa mga ninong at ninang at sila’y kanyang tatanungin.

Pari: Bilang mga ninong at ninang,

kayo ba ay makapagpapatunay

na ang kapatid nating ito ay karapat-dapat

maging kaanib ng Simbahan?

Ninong at Ninang: Opo, mapapatunayan namin.

Pari: Bilang tagapagpatunay na siya ay karapat-dapat

maging Kristiyano,

ba ay nakalaang tumulong sa kanyang paglilingkod

kay Kristo sa salita at gawa?

Ninong at Ninang: Opo, nakalaan kami.

Pari: Ama naming maawain,

ipinagpapasalamat namin ang pagkabatid ni N.

tungkol sa Iyong pagkupkop.

Sa pagtitipon ngayon, kanyang tinutugon ang Iyong paanyaya

upang siya‟y sumampalataya kay Kristo,

kaya‟t papakinabangin Mo si N.

sa Iyong kaligayahan at bagong buhay.

Iniluluhog namin ito sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo,

kasama ng Espiritu Santo, magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pagpasok sa Simbahan

Pari: Tumuloy ka, N., sa loob ng Simbahan upang makisalo sa aming

pakikinabang sa salitang nagbibigay buhay.

Ang bibinyagan ay papasok sa simbahan at tutungo sa may lugar na malapit sa dambana at pagbibinyagan. Sisimulan ang ikalawang bahagi ng pagdiriwang.

18

ANG PAGPAPAHAYAG NG SALITA NG DIYOS

Ang lahat ay mauupo para sa mga pagbasa.

Unang Pagbasa Ez 36:24-28

Wiwisikan ko kayo ng tubig

na dalisay upang kayo’y luminis

Lektor: Pagbasa mula sa Aklat ni Propeta Ezekiel

Sinabi ng PANGINOON:

“Titipunin Ko kayo mula sa iba‟t ibang bansa

upang ibalik sa inyong bayan.

Wiwisikan Ko kayo ng tubig na dalisay upang kayo‟y luminis.

Aalisin Ko rin ang naging mantsa ninyo dahil sa inyong mga

diyus-diyusan.

Bibigyan Ko kayo ng bagong puso at bagong espiritu.

Ang masuwayin ninyong puso ay gagawin Kong masunurin.

Bibigyan Ko kayo ng Aking Espiritu upang makalakad kayo

ayon sa Aking mga tuntunin at masunod ninyong mabuti ang aking mga utos.

Ititira Ko kayo sa lupaing ibinigay Ko sa inyong mga ninuno.

Kayo ay magiging bayan Ko at Ako ang inyong Diyos.

Ang Salita ng Diyos.

Bayan: Salamat sa Diyos.

Salmong Tutugan Slm 32:1-2, 5, 11

Tugon: Mapalad ang pinatawad sa kasalana‟t paglabag.

Lektor: Mapalad ang tao na pinatawad na yaong kasalanan.

Mapalad ang taong sa harap ng POO‟y di naparatangan.

Dahil sa siya ay di nagkasala at hindi nanlinlang. (Tugon)

Ako ay lumapit sa iyong harapan at sala‟y inamin,

Ang aking ginawang mga pagsalansang di ko inilihim,

At aking natamo ang Iyong patawad sa sala kong angkin. (Tugon)

Lahat ay matuwid at tapat sa POON, magalak na lubos,

Dahil sa natamo nilang kabutihang kaloob ng Diyos,

Sumigaw sa galak ang lahat ng taong sa Kanya‟y sumunod. (Tugon)

19

Awit Pambungad sa Mabuting Balita Jn 3:16

Ang lahat ay magsisitayo para sa pagpapahayag ng Mabuting Balita.

Lektor: Lubhang mahal tayo ng Diyos,

kaya‟t sinugo si Hesus na pagkabuhay ang handog.

Mabuting Balita Jn 3:16-21

Maliban na ipanganak na muli ang

isang tao, hindi siya paghaharian ng Diyos.



Pari: Ang Mabuting Balita ng Panginoon ayon kay San Juan

Bayan: Papuri sa Iyo, Panginoon.

Pari: May isang Pariseo at pinuno ng mga Judio

na nagngangalang Nicodemo.

Isang gabi, siya‟y nagsadya kay Hesus.

“Rabbi,” sabi niya, “nalalaman po naming

kayo‟y isang gurong mula sa Diyos,

sapagkat walang makakagagawa

ng mga kababalaghang ginagawa ninyo

malibang sumasakanya ang Diyos.”

Sumagot si Hesus,

“Sinasabi Ko sa inyo,

maliban na ipanganak na muli ang isang tao,

hindi siya paghaharian ng Diyos.”

“Paano pong maipapanganak na muli ang isang tao

kung matanda na siya?

Makapapasok pa ba siya sa tiyan ng kanyang ina para

ipanganak uli?” tanong ni Nicodemo.

“Sinasabi Ko sa inyo,” ani Hesus,

“maliban na ang tao‟y ipanganak sa tubig at Espiritu,

hindi siya paghaharian ng Diyos.

Ang ipinanganak sa laman ay laman,

at ang ipinanganak sa Espiritu ay espiritu.”

Ang Mabuting Balita ng Panginoon.

Bayan: Pinupuri Ka namin, Panginoong Hesukristo.

20

Pangaral

Panalanging Pangkalahatan

Matapos ang pangaral, ang lahat ay tatayo para sa Panalangin ng Bayan.

Pari: Mga kapatid, halina‟t lumuhog sa Poong Maykapal upang

magiliw Niyang kalingain si N., na dumudulog nang may pananampalataya kay

Kristong nag-aanyayang pagsisihan natin ang ating mga pagkakasala.

Panginoon, dinggin Mo kami.

Lektor: Upang ang diwa ng pagbabagong-buhay ay mag-alab sa ating

kalooban. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Upang ang pagbangon natin kaisa ni Kristo para talikdan ang ating mga kasalanan

ay mapanindigan natin sa ating pamumuhay. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Upang ang pagsisisi at pagbabagong buhay kalakip ng pagtitiwala sa Diyos sa

pagsunod kay Hesus ay ipagkaloob kay N.. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Upang ang pagkahango sa kasalanan ay kamtan ni N. sa pagsunod niya kay Kristo

na siyang nag-aalis ng kasalanan ng sanlibutan. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Upang ang pamumuhay na nakatalaga sa Diyos ay kamtin ni N. bunga ng kanyang

pakikiisa sa pagkamatay at paglibing ni Kristo. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Pari: Ama naming makapangyarihan,

kusang loob Kang nagmahal sa amin

kaya sinugo Mo ang Iyong Anak

upang kaming nasadlak at inalipin ng sala ay mabigyan ng laya.

Sa tanda ng krus na banal loobin Mong si N.

ay maging malaya sa pagkaalipin na bunga

ng pagsuway ng una Mong nilikha.

Lukuban Mo siya ng Banal na Espiritu

upang siya ay mapuspos ng diwa

ng muling pagkabuhay ng Iyong Anak.

Iniluluhog namin ito sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo


Bayan: Amen.

21

Pagkukrus ng Noo

Mamarkahan ng pari ng Tanda ng Krus ang noo ng bibinyagan habang binabanggit ang

mga sumusunod na salita:

Pari: Sa kapangyarihan ng ating Tagapagligtas na si Hesukristo,

ikaw ay magpakatatag ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

PAGDIRIWANG NG BINYAG

Paroroon ang lahat sa pook ng pagbibinyagan. Doon ipapahayag ang paanyaya.

Pari: Mga kapatid, manalangin tayo sa Diyos Ama upang kaawaan

Niya si N..na kanyang inaanyayahang sumunod kay Kristo

sa pag-ako sa pananampalataya ng Simbahan

at sa pagkabuhay sa Espiritu Santo

na siyang hihilingin nating lumukob sa gagamiting tubig sa

binyag.

Pagbabasbas sa Tubig Pambinyag

Babaling ang pari sa tubig pambinyag at nakalahad ang kamay na dadasalin ang

panalangin ng pagbabasbas.


niloob Mo ang tubig ay maging tagapagpahayag

ng Iyong pagpapala.

Ipinamalas Mo ito sa amin noong lalangin Mo ang tubig

na sagisag ng pambinyag na tubig,

noong ipinahintulot Mo ang malaking baha

na tumapos sa kasamaan at nagpasimula ng kabutihan,

at noong pinatawid Mo sa karagatan

at pinalaya Mo rin ang Iyong pagpapala

noong bininyagan ang Anak Mo sa Ilog-Jordan,

noong dumaloy ang dugo at tubig sa puso

ng Anak Mong iniibig,

at noong nag-utos Siya sa mga alagad:

“Humayo kayo at gawin ninyong mga alagad Ko

ang lahat ng bansa.

Binyagan ninyo sila sa ngalan ng Ama,

at ng Anak, at ng Espiritu Santo.”

22

Isasawak ng pari ang kanyang kanang kamay sa tubig habang nananalangin.

Pari: Ama namin,

iniluluhog namin sa Iyo,

manaog nawa ngayon sa tubig na ito ang Espiritu Santo

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo,

upang mapuspos ng Iyong Espiritu itong pambinyag na tubig.

Lahat nawa ng makikiisa sa kamatayan ni Kristo

sa pamamagitan ng binyag ay muling mabuhay

kasama Niya at ng Espiritu Santo magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pagtakwil sa Kasalanan at Pagpapahayag ng Pananampalataya

Pari: N., ngayong ikaw ay tatanggap ng pagbibinyag,

inaanyayahan kitang ipahayag

ang iyong paninindigang lumayo sa kasalanan

at ipahayag ang iyong pananampalataya.

Itinatakwil mo ba si Satanas,

ang lahat ng kanyang mga gawain,

at lahat ng kanyang pang-aakit?

Bibinyagan: Opo, itinatakwil ko.

Pari: Sumasampalataya ka ba

sa Diyos Amang Makapangyarihan sa lahat

na may likha ng langit at lupa?

Bibinyagan: Opo, sumasampalataya ako.

Pari: Sumasampalataya ka ba kay Hesukristo,

iisang Anak ng Diyos, Panginoon natin,

ipinanganak ni Santa Mariang Birhen,

ipinako sa krus, namatay, inilibing,

muling nabuhay at naluluklok sa kanan ng Ama?


Pari: Sumasampalataya ka ba sa Espiritu Santo,

sa banal na Simbahang Katolika,

sa kasamahan ng mga banal,

sa kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan,

sa muling pagkabuhay ng mga namatay,

at sa buhay na walang hanggan?

23


Pari: Ang magagandang gawa na ipinagkaloob ng Diyos sa iyo

ay bigyan nawa niya ng kaganapan.

Pagdiriwang ng Binyag

Pari: Mga kapatid,

hilingin natin ang biyaya ng Panginoon

at lakas ng Espiritu Santo sa mga kapatid nating

tatanggap ng Sakramento ng binyag.

Lalapit ang bibinyagan sa lugar ng binyagan. Iyuyuko ang ulo habang ibinubuhosng

pari ang tubig sa kanyang ulo.

Pari: N., IKAW AY BINIBINYAGAN KO

SA NGALAN NG AMA,

AT NG ANAK, AT NG ESPIRITU SANTO.

Pagusuot ng Damit Pambinyag

Pari: Ang damit pambinyag ay tanda ng muling pagsilang kay Kristo

at karangalan ng mga anak ng Diyos.

Nawa‟y manatiling wagas at walang bahid dungis

ang inyong karangalan hanggang sa inyong matamo

ang buhay na walang hanggan.

Lahat: Amen.

Ilalagay ng ninong at ninang ang puting damit sa kanilang inaanak.

Pagbibigay ng Kandilang Nagdiringas

Mula sa kandila ng pagkabuhay, lalapit ang isa sa mga ninong o ninang at magsisindi ng

kandila. Ito ay kanilang ibibigay sa bagong binyag.

Pari: Ang ilaw na ito ay tanda ng liwanag ni Kristo

na tinanggap sa binyag.

Nawa‟y mag-alab ito sa inyong puso‟t diwa

hanggang sa pagbabalik ni Kristong ating Panginoon.

24

Pagdiriwang ng Sakramento ng Kumpil

Pagkatapos ng binyag ay isasagawa ang rito ng pagkukumpil. Babaling muli ang pari sa

mga bagong binyag at sasabihin ang sumusunod:

Pari: N., noong ikaw ay binyagan, ikaw ay muling isinilang:

ipinagkaloob sa iyo ng Diyos ang Kanyang sariling buhay

kaya‟t ikaw ay naging anak Niya.

Sa pagtanggap mo ng Sakramento ng Kumpil

ipagkaloob nawa sa iyo ng Diyos ang Kanyang Espiritu Santo

upang ikaw ay mapuspos ng Kanyang lakas

at bunga ng pagpapahid ng langis

ay maging higit kang katulad ni Kristo, ang Anak ng Diyos.

Ang biyaya ng Espiritu Santo na iyong tatanggapin

ay maghubog nawa sa iyo upang lalo kang makaisa ni Kristo

sa kanyang pagpapakasakit, kamatayan at muling pagkabuhay.

Ito rin ay magpalakas nawa sa iyo bilang bagong kasapi

ng ating Sambayanang Kristiyano.

Babaling ang pari sa pamayanan.

Mga kapatid, ipanalangin natin ang kapatid nating ito,

upang kanyang tanggapin ang Espiritu Santo

at siya‟y palakasin at maging lalong katulad ni Kristo,

ang Anak ng Diyos.

Paglulukob ng Kamay sa Kukumpilan

Ilalahad ng pari ang kanyang kamay sa kukumpilan habang dinadasal sumusunod na

panalangin.

Pari: O Diyos na makapangyarihan sa lahat,

Ama ni Hesukristo na aming Panginoon,

sa pamamagitan ng tubig at ng Espiritu Santo,

hinango Mo sa kasalanan ang anak Mong ito

at binigyan Mo siya ng pakikihati sa Iyong buhay.

Suguin Mo sa kanya ngayon ang Espiritu Santo,

ang mang-aaliw, upang siyang maging lakas niya at patnubay.

Ipagkaloob Mo na siya‟y mapuspos ng karunungan at pang-

unawa, na siya‟y maging makatwiran sa pagpapasya

at manatiling matibay ang loob sa lahat ng pagkakataon.

Puspusin Mo siya ng kaalaman at pamimitagan

at ng banal na pagkatakot sa harap ng Iyong kadakilaan.

Hinihiling namin ito sa pamamagitan ni Kristo

na aming Panginoon magpasawalang hanggan.

Lahat: Amen.

25

Pagpapahid ng Langis

Ang kukumpilan ay lalapit sa pari. Ipapatong ng mga ninong at ninang ang kanilang

kamay sa balikat ng kumpilante habang binibigkas ng pari ang mga sumusunod na kataga:

Pari: N., tanggapin mo ang tatak ng kaloob ng Espiritu Santo.

Kumpilante: Amen.

Pari: Sumaiyo ang kapayapaan.

Kumpilante: Amen.

Pangwakas na Panalangin

Pari: O Diyos na aming Ama,

isinugo Mo ang Espiritu Santo sa mga apostol.

Sa pamamagitan nila at ng kanilang mga kahalili,

patuloy Mong isinusugo ang Espiritu Santo sa amin.

Ang aral na sinimulang ipahayag noong Pentekostes

ay patuloy nawang maihatid sa kabatiran ng lahat.


na aming Panginoon, magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

PANGWAKAS

Ama Namin

Pari: Sa tagubilin ng mga nakagagaling na utos at turo

ng ating Panginoong Hesukristo,

manalangin tayo alinsunod sa paraang itinuro niya sa atin.

Ang lahat ay mananalangin ng Ama Namin.

Bayan: Ama namin, sumasalangit Ka...

Maringal na Pagbabasbas



26

Pari: Yumuko kayo upang tanggapin ang pagpapala ng Diyos.

Isinilang kayo ng Diyos Ama bilang Kanyang mga anak

sa pamamagitan ng tubig at Espiritu Santo.

Sumainyo nawa ang Kanyang pagpapala

at patnubayan kayo ng Kanyang maka-Amang pagmamahal.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ipinangako ni Hesukristo na Diyos Anak

sa Kanyang Simbahan ang pananatili

ng Espiritu ng katotohanan.

Sumainyo nawa ang pagpapala ni Hesukristo

at patatagin nawa kayo sa pamumuhay

ayon sa tunay na pananampalataya.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Pinag-alab ng Espiritu Santo ang apoy ng pag-ibig

sa puso ng mga alagad noong Siya‟y bumaba sa mga ito.

Sumainyo nawa ang Kanyang pagpapala,

pagbuklurin kayo sa isang pananampalataya at pag-ibig,

at akayin kayo sa kaligayahan ng paghahari ng Diyos.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: At nawa‟y pagpalain kayo ng Makapangyarihang Diyos, Ama,

at ng Anak, at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Tapos na ang ating pagdiriwang,

humayo kayong taglay ang Kanyang

pagmamahal at kaligayahan.


27

RITE OF BAPTISM OF SEVERAL CHILDREN

RECEPTION OF THE CHILDREN

The people may sing a psalm or hymn suitable for the occasion. Meanwhile, the

celebrating priest or deacon, vested in alb or surplice, with a stole (with or without a cope) of festive color, and accompanied by the ministers, goes to the entrance of the

Church or to that part of the Church where the parents and godparents are waiting with

those who are to be baptized.

The minister greets all present, and especially the parents and godparents, reminding

them briefly of the joy with which the parents welcomed their children as gifts from God,

the source of life, who now wishes to bestow his own life on these little ones.

Then the minister questions the parents and godparents together.

Minister: Parents and godparents, what do you ask for these children?

All families together: Baptism.

The minister speaks to the parents in these or similar words:

Minister: You have asked to have your children baptized.

In doing so you are accepting the responsibility

of training them in the practice of the faith.

It will be your duty to bring them up

to keep God‟s commandments as Christ taught us,

by loving God and our neighbor.

Do you clearly understand what you are undertaking?

All parents together: We do.

Then the minister turns to the godparents and addresses them in these or similar words:

Minister: Are you ready to help these parents in their duty

as Christian mothers and fathers?

All the godparents: We are.

The minister continues:

Minister: My dear children, the Christian community welcomes you with

great joy. In its name I claim you for Christ our Savior by the sign of the cross.

28

He then approaches the children and marks each one with the sign of the cross on the

forehead and says:

Minister: Parents (or godparents), make the sign of Christ our Savior

on the foreheads of your children.

Then the parents (or godparents) sign the children on their foreheads.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

The minister invites the parents, godparents and the others to take part in the Liturgy of the Word. If circumstances permit, there is a procession to the place where this will be

celebrated, during which a song is sung, e.g., Psalm 85:7, 8, 9ab:

First Reading Romans 8:28-32

Lector: A reading from the letter of Saint Paul to the Romans.

We know that God makes all things work together for the good of those who have

been called according to His decree. Those whom He foreknew He predestined to

share the image of His Son, that the Son might be the first-born of many brothers.

Those He predestined He likewise called; those He called He also justified; and

those He justified He in turn glorified. What shall we say after that? If God is for

us, who can be against us? Is it possible that He who did not spare His own Son

but handed Him over for the sake of us all will not grant us all things besides?

The Word of the Lord

People: Thanks be to God.

Responsorial Psalm Psalm 23:1-3, 3-4, 5, 6

Response: The Lord is my shepherd; there is nothing I shall want.

Lector: The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.

In verdant pastures He gives me repose;

Besides restful waters He leads me;

He refreshes my soul. (Response)

He guides me in right paths

for His name‟s sake.

Even though I walk in the dark valley

I fear no evil; for You are at my side

With Your rod and Your staff

that give me courage. (Response)

29

You spread the table before me

in the sight of my foes;

You anoint my head with oil;

my cup overflows. (Response)

Only goodness and kindness follow me

all the days of my life;

And I shall dwell in the house of the Lord

for years to come. (Response)

Alleluia John 14:6

Lector: Alleluia, alleluia!

I am the way, the truth and the life, says the Lord;

no one comes to the Father, except through Me.

Alleluia, alleluia!

Gospel Mark 10:13-16

Minister: The Lord be with you.

People: And with your spirit.

Minister: A reading from the holy Gospel according to Mark.

People: Glory to you, Lord.

Minister: People were bringing the little children to Jesus

to have Him touch them, but the disciples were scolding them for this. Jesus

became indignant when He noticed it and said to them:

“Let the children come to me and do not hinder them.

It is to just such as these that the kingdom of God belongs.

I assure you that whoever does not accept the kingdom of God

like a little child shall not enter into it.”

Then He embraced them and blessed them, paling His hands on them.

The Gospel of the Lord.

People: Praise to You, Lord Jesus Christ.

Homily

After the reading, the minister gives a short homily, explaining to those present the

significance of what has been read. His purpose will be to lead them to a deeper

understanding of the mystery of Baptism and to encourage the parents and godparents to a ready acceptance of the responsibilities which arise from the sacrament.

30

Prayer of the Faithful

Minister: My dear brothers and sisters,

let us ask our Lord Jesus Christ to look

on these children who are to be baptized,

on their parents and godparents, and on all the baptized.


Lector: By the mystery of Your death and resurrection, bathe these children in light,

give them the new life of baptism and welcome them into Your holy Church.

Let us pray to the Lord.

Through Baptism and Confirmation, make them Your faithful followers and

witnesses to Your Gospel. Let us pray to the Lord.

Lead them by a holy life to the joys of God‟s kingdom. Let us pray to the Lord.

Make the lives of their parents and godparents examples of faith to inspire these

children. Let us pray to the Lord.

Keep their families always in Your love. Let us pray to the Lord.

Renew the grace of our Baptism in each one of us. Let us pray to the Lord.

Prayer of Exorcism

Minister: Almighty and ever-living God,

You sent Your only Son into the world

to cast out the power of Satan, spirit of evil,

to rescue man from the kingdom of darkness,

and bring him into the splendor of Your kingdom of light.

We pray for these children:

set them free from original sin,

make them temples of Your glory,

and send Your Holy Spirit to dwell within them.

We ask this through Christ our Lord.

People: Amen.

The minister imposes his hands over all the children at once and says:

Minister: May you have the strength in the power of Christ our Savior,

who lives and reigns for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

Then they go to the place where baptism is celebrated.

31

CELEBRATION OF THE SACRAMENT

When they come to the font, the minister briefly reminds the congregation of the

wonderful work of God whose plan is to sanctify man, body and soul, through water. He may use these or similar words:

Minister: My dear brothers and sisters,

God uses the sacrament of water

to give His divine life to those who believe in Him.

Let us turn in our faith,

and ask Him to pour His gift of life

from this font on the children He has chosen.

Blessing and Invocation Over Baptismal Water

Then, turning to the font, he says the following blessing:

Minister: Merciful Father, from the font of Baptism,

You have given us new life as Your sons and daughters.

People: Blessed be God.

Minister: You bring together all who are baptized in water and the Holy Spirit

to be one people in Jesus Christ Your Son.


Minister: You have made us free

by pouring the Spirit of Your love into our hearts,

so that we will enjoy Your peace.


Minister: You have chosen Your baptized people

to announce with joy the Good News of Christ to all nations.


Minister: Come and bless this water

in which Your servants are to be Baptized.

You have called them to the washing of new life

in the faith of Your Church,

so that they may have eternal life.


People: Amen.

32

During the Easter season, if there is baptismal water already blessed, the celebrant omits

the last part of the blessing Come and bless, and concludes in this way.

Minister: By the mystery of this consecrated water,

You bring Your servants to spiritual rebirth.

You have called them to the washing of new life

in the faith of Your Church,

so that they may have eternal life.


People: Amen.

Renunciation of Sin and Profession of Faith

The minister speaks to the parents and godparents in these words:

Minister: Dear parents and godparents:

You have come here to present these children for Baptism.

By water and the Holy Spirit,

they are to receive the gift of new life from God, who is love.

On your part, you must make it your constant care

to bring them up in the practice of the faith.

See that the divine life which God gives them

is kept safe from the poison of sin,

to grow always stronger in their hearts.

If your faith makes you ready to accept this responsibility,

renew now the vows of your baptism.

Reject sin; profess your faith in Christ Jesus.

This is the faith of the Church.

This is the faith in which these children are about to be baptized.

The minister questions the parents and godparents.

Minister: Do you reject sin, so as to live in the freedom of God‟s children?

Parents and Godparents: I do.

Minister: Do you reject the glamor of evil, and refuse to be mastered by sin?


Minister: Do you reject Satan, father of sin and prince of darkness?


33

Next the minister asks for the threefold profession of faith from parents and

godparents:

Minister: Do you believe in God, the Father almighty,

Creator of heaven and earth?


Minister: Do you believe in Jesus Christ, His only Son, our Lord,

who was born of the Virgin Mary,

was crucified, died, and was buried,

rose from the dead,



Minister: Do you believe in the Holy Spirit, the holy Catholic Church,

the communion of saints,

the forgiveness of sins,

the resurrection of the body,

and life everlasting?


The minister and the congregation give their assent to this profession of faith.

Minister: This is our faith.


We are proud to profess it, in Christ Jesus our Lord.

People: Amen.

Minister: Is it your will that N. should be baptized in the faith of the Church,

which we have all professed with you?

Parents and Godparents: It is.

34

He baptizes the child, saying:

Minister: N., I baptize you in the name of the Father,

He immerses the child or pours water upon it.

Minister: and of the Son,

He immerses the child or pours water upon it a second time.

Minister: and of the Holy Spirit.

He immerses the child or pours water upon it a third time.

He asks the same question and performs the same action for each child.

If the Baptism is performed by the pouring of water, it is preferable that the child be held

by the mother (or father). Where, however, it is felt that the existing custom should be

retained, the godmother (or godfather) may hold the child.

If Baptism is by immersion, the mother or father (godmother or godfather) lifts the child

out of the font.

EXPLANATORY RITES

Anointing with Chrism

Then the minister says the formula of anointing once for all the children:

Minister: God the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ

has freed you from sin,

given you a new birth by water and the Holy Spirit,

and welcomed you into His holy people.

He now anoints you with the chrism of salvation.

As Christ was anointed Priest, Prophet and King,

so may you live always as members of His body,

sharing everlasting life.

People: Amen.

Then, the ministers anoint each child on the crown of the head with the sacred chrism, in silence.

35

Clothing with the White Garment

The minister says:

Minister: My dear children, you have become a new creation,

and have clothed yourself in Christ.

See in this white garment

the outward sign of your Christian dignity.

With your family and friends to help you by word and example,

bring that dignity unstained into the everlasting life of heaven.

People: Amen.

The white garments are put on the children. A different color is not permitted unless demanded by local custom. It is desirable that the families provide the garments.

Lighted Candle

The minister takes the Easter candle and says:

Minister: Receive the light of Christ.

Parents and godparents,

this light is entrusted to you to be kept burning brightly.

These children of yours have been enlightened by Christ.

They are to walk always as children of light.

May they keep the flame of faith alive in their hearts.

When the Lord comes, may they go out to meet Him

with all the saints in the heavenly kingdom.

The head of one family lights his candle from the Easter candle and passes the flame on

to the rest.

CONCLUDING RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer

The minister stands in front of the altar and addresses the parents, godparents and the

whole assembly in these or similar words.

Minister: Dearly beloved, these children have been reborn in baptism.

They are now called children of God, for so indeed they are.

In Confirmation, they will receive the fullness of God‟s Spirit.

In Holy Communion, they will share the banquet of Christ‟s sacrifice, calling God

the Father in the midst of the Church.

In their name, in the spirit of our common sonship,

let us pray together in the words our Lord has given us:

36

All present join the minister in singing or saying:

People: Our Father, who art in heaven,

hallowed be Thy name;

Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done

on earth as it is in heaven.

Give us this day our daily bread,

and forgive us our trespasses,

as we forgive those who trespass against us;

and lead us not into temptation,

but deliver us from evil.

Blessing

The minister blesses the entire assembly, and dismisses them:

Minister: May God, the source of life and love,

who fills the hearts of mothers with love for their children,

bless the mothers of these newly-baptized children.

As they thank God for a safe delivery,

may they find joy in the love, growth, and holiness of their children.

People: Amen.

Minister: May God, the Father and model of all fathers,

help these fathers to give good example,

so that their children will grow to be mature Christians

in all the fullness of Jesus Christ.

All: Amen.

Minister: May God, who loves all people,

bless all the godparents, relatives and friends who are gathered here. In His

mercy, may He guard them from evil

and give them His abundant peace.

People: Amen.

Minister: Go in peace and may almighty God,

the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit bless you

and keep you now and for ever.

People: Thanks be to God!

37

PAGDIRIWANG NG BINYAG NG MARAMING BATA

PAGSALUBONG SA PINTO NG SIMBAHAN

Kapag nakahanda na ang lahat at nagkakatipon na ang sambayanan, maaaring

magsimula ang pagdiriwang sa may pintuan ng simbahan sa pagbati ng pari sa mga bibinyagan, sa kanilang mga magulang at mga ninong at ninang. Maaari din naman

itong magsimula sa loob ng simbahan.


Bayan: At sumainyo rin.

Pari: Mga kapatid,

tayo‟y nagagalak na magkatipun-tipon

sa pagdiriwang na ito

para sa mga sanggol na magiging kaanib

ng ating Sambayanang Kristiyano.

Sa pasimula ng ating pagdiriwang

sa Sakramento ng Binyag,

mangyari po lamang

na ipahayag ang inyong layunin

ukol sa inyong mga pabibinyagan.

Bilang mga magulang

ng mga batang ito,

nais ba ninyong sila ay tumanggap

ng Sakramento ng Binyag

upang makiisa sa buhay ng Diyos

at makaanib ng ating Sambayanang Kristiyano?

Mga magulang: Opo, ninanais namin.

Pari: Nalalaman ba ninyo

na kalakip ng kahilingang ito

ang pananagutan

na hubugin ang inyong mga pabibinyagan

sa diwa ni Kristo?

Mga magulang: Opo, nalalaman namin.

38

Pari: Kayo naman, mga ninong at ninang,

nakahanda ba kayong

tumulong sa mga magulang

na akayin ang inyong mga inaanak

sa pananampalataya?

Mga ninong at ninang: Opo, nakahanda kami.

Pari: Bilang kinatawan ng Sambayanang Kristiyano,

ikinagagalak kong tanggapin

ang inyong mga anak

sa pamamagitan ng pagkukrus sa kanilang noo.

Kaya‟t inaanyayahan ko kayo,

mga magulang, ninong at ninang,

upang krusan sa noo ang inyong mga pabibinyagan.

Pagpasok sa Simbahan

Ang lahat ay papasok sa loob ng simbahan at kapag nakaayos ay magisimula ang

pagpapahayag ng Salita ng Diyos. Ang lahat ay uupo at makikinig ng mataimtim sa mg pagbasa.

PAGPAPAYAHAG NG SALITA NG DIYOS

Unang Pagbasa Roma 8:28-32

Lektor: Pagbasa mula sa sulat ni San Pablo sa mga taga-Roma.

Alam natin na ginagamit ng Diyos ang lahat para sa ikabubuti ng mga

nagmamahal sa Kanya, na tinawag Niya ayon sa Kanyang pasya. Ang mga

nakilala Niya‟y itinalaga Niya na maging kawangis at kalarawan ng Kanyang

Anak upang maging panganay Siya sa maraming magkakapatid. At

pagkakatalaga Niya sa kanila, tinawag din Niya sila; at pagkatawag sa kanila,

pinaging matuwid Niya sila; at pagkabanal Niya sa kanila, niluluwalhati Niya sila.

Ano pa ang masasabi natin? Kung sumasaatin ang Diyos, sino ang lalaban sa

atin? Hindi Niya kinaaawaan ang Kanyang Anak kundi ibinigay alang-alang sa

lahat. Paanong hindi Niya ibibigay ang lahat pang iba kasama nito?

Ang Salita ng Diyos.


39

Salmong Tugunan Salmo 23:1-3, 3-4, 5, 6

Tugon: Ang Panginoon ay aking pastol; di ako kukulangin sa anuman.

Lektor: Pinahihimlay niya ako sa luntiang pastulan,

inaakay Niya ako sa payapang batisan.

Pinagiginhawa Niya ang aking kalooban. (Tugon)

Pinapatnubayan ako sa matuwid na landas

alang-alang sa Kanyang pangalan.

Lumakad man ako sa lambak ng karimlan,

wala akong katatakutang masama pagkat kasama Kita.

Ang pamalo mo‟t tungkod ang magpapasigla sa akin. (Tugon)

Sa harap ng aking mga kaaway,

ipaghahain Mo ako,

pinapahiran ng langis ang aking ulo,

umaapaw ang aking baso. (Tugon)

Buong-buhay nga akong sinusundan ng kabutihang-loob

At pag-ibig at sa bahay ng Panginoon

ako mananahan sa lahat ng panahon. (Tugon)

Aleluya Juan 14:6

Ang lahat ay tatayo para sa Mabuting Balita.

Lektor: Ako siyang daan, ang katotohanan, at ang buhay;

walang nakalalapit sa Ama

kundi sa pamamagitan Ko.

40

Mabuting Balita Marcos 10:13-16



Pari: Ang Mabuting Balita ng Panginoon ayon kay San Marcos.

Bayan: Papuri sa Iyo, Panginoon.

Pari: May nagdala ng mga bata kay Hesus upang hilinging ipatong

Niya sa mga ito ang Kanyang kamay; ngunit pinagwikaan sila ng mga alagad.

Nagalit si Hesus nang makita ito, at sinabi sa kanila, “Pabayaan ninyong lumapit

sa Akin ang mga bata, huwag ninyo silang sawayin, sapagkat sa mga katulad nila

naghahari ang Diyos. Ito ang tandaan ninyo: ang sinumang hindi tumatanggap sa

paghahari ng Diyos tulad ng isang maliit na bata ay hindi mapapabilang sa mga

pinaghaharian Niya.” At kinalong ni Jesus ang mga bata, ipinatong ang Kanyang

mga kamay sa kanila at pinagpala sila.

Ang Mabuting Balita ng Panginoon

Bayan: Pinupuri Ka namin, Panginoong Hesukristo.

Pangaral

41

Panalanging Pangkalahatan

Pari: Mga kapatid, halina‟t lumuhog sa Poong Maykapal upang magiliw Niyang

kalingain ang mga batang bibinyagan, ang mga magulang, ninong at ninang,

at ang buo niyang Sambayanang Banal.

Panginoon, dinggin Mo kami.

Lektor: Para sa banal na Sambayanan sa ating lupain, upang sa pamamatnubay ni Pedrong

Pastol na banal, at ni Pablong tagapangaral, masipag niyang maipalaganap ang

Magandang Balita sa ating kapuluan at sa iba‟t ibang bansa. Manalangin tayo sa

Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga bibinyagan, upang ang mga anghel ang pumatnubay at mag-adya sa

kanila sa lahat ng masama. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga mag-anak, upang mamalagi silang tapat sa kanilang pangako sa

binyag; at alinsunod sa halimbawa ng banal na mag-anak na sina Hesus, Maria at

Jose, sila‟y manatiling nagmamahalan at nagmamalasakit sa isa‟t isa.

Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga ninong at ninang, upang sa patnubay ni N. (Patron ng Parokya)

magampanan nila ang tungkuling tuwangan nila ang mga magulang

sa paghubog sa kanilang mga inaanak. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa lahat ng binyagang naririto, upang katulad ng lahat ng mga banal

makapamuhay tayong matapat sa ating pangako sa binyag. Manalangin tayo sa

Panginoon. (Tugon)


kusang loob Kang nagmahal sa amin,

kaya sinugo Mo ang Iyong Anak

upang kaming nasadlak sa paniniil ng sala

ay mabigyan ng laya.

Sa tanda ng krus na banal

loobin Mo na ang mga batang bibinyagan

ay maging malaya sa pagkaalipin

na bunga ng pagsuway ng nilikha Mong unang tao.

Lukuban nawa sila ng Banal na Espiritu

upang sila ay mapuspos

ng diwa ng muling pagkabuhay

ng Iyong Anak.


kasama ng Espiritu Santo magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

42

Paglalahad ng kamay

Ilalahad ng pari ang kamay sa mga bibinyagan habang binibigkas ang mga sumunod na

salita.

Pari: Sa kapangyarihan ng ating Tagapagligtas na si Hesukristo,

Ikaw ay magpakatatag

ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

PAGDIRIWANG NG BINYAG

Pagbabasbas sa Tubig

Pari: Mga kapatid,

halina‟t lumuhog sa Diyos

na nagkakaloob ng Kanyang buhay

sa mga sumasampalataya at nagpapabinyag

upang ang Kanyang paglukob at paglingap

ay maidulot ng tubig na puspos ng Kanyang pagbabasbas.

Manalangin tayo.

Tahimik na mananalanging saglit ang lahat.

Ama naming maawain,

pinabukal Mo sa binyag ang Iyong buhay

para sa mga umaanib sa Iyong Sambayanan.

Kapuri-puri Ka ngayon at kailan man.

Tugon: Kapuri-puri Ka ngayon at kailan man.

Pari: Ama naming mapagkalinga,

pinagkakaisa Mo ang mga tumanggap

ng pagbibinyag sa tubig at Espiritu Santo

upang maging mga kapatid ni Hesukristo.


Pari: Ama naming mapagmahal,

iniligtas Mo ang mga tumanggap

sa Espiritu ng Iyong pag-ibig

upang magkamit ng Iyong kapayapaan.


43

Pari: Ama naming mapagpala,

hinirang Mo ang mga bininyagan

upang masayang ipahayag

ang Mabuting Balita ni Kristo para sa tanan.


Pari: Ama naming Lumikha,

halina na po kayo at basbasan ang tubig na nakalaan para sa pagbibinyag

ng mga hinirang para sa muling pagsilang

at pananampalataya ng Simbahang naghahatid

sa buhay sa kalangitan

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo

kasama ng Espiritu Santo

magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Kapag Panahon ng Pagkabuhay at mayroon pang tubig mula sa Magdamagang

Pagdiriwang ng Pasko ng Pagkabuhay, ito ang pangwakas na panalangin:


sa tubig na Iyong pinagpala

idinulot Mo ang muling pagsilang sa Espiritu Santo.

Ang mga hinirang Mong tumanggap ng binyag

ayon sa pananampalataya ng Iyong Simbahan

ay Iyong itaguyod sa buhay sa kalangitan




Bayan: Amen.

44

Pagtatakwil sa Kasalanan

Pari: Mga minamahal na magulang, ninong at ninang,

noong tayo ay binyagan

tayo ay nalibing kasama ni Kristo,

upang kasama rin Niya

tayo ay makabangon at makapagbagong-buhay.

Bilang tanda ng inyong pananagutan

sa paghubog ng inyong mga anak

ayon sa Banal na Aral

sariwain ninyo ngayon

ang inyong pangako noong kayo‟y binyagan

na tatalikuran ang lahat ng kasamaan at kasalanan.

Mga magulang, ninong at ninang,

itinatakwil ba ninyo si Satanas?

Tugon: Opo, itinatakwil namin.

Pari: Itinatakwil ba ninyo ang kanyang mga gawain?


Pari: Itinatakwil ba ninyo ang kanyang pang-aakit?


Pagpapahayag ng Pananampalataya

Pari: Mga magulang, ninong at ninang,

sumasampalataya ba kayo

sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat

na may gawa ng langit at lupa?

Tugon: Opo, sumasampalataya kami.

Pari: Sumasampalataya ba kayo kay Hesukristo,






45

Pari: Sumasampalataya ba kayo sa Espiritu Santo,




sa muling pagkabuhay ng mga namatay,



Pari: Sa pananampalataya na marangal nating ipinahayag

ating igawad ang Sakramento ng Binyag




Bayan: Amen.

Pagbibinyag

Pari: Talaga bang bukal sa inyong loob

na si N. ay pabinyagan

upang hubugin sa ipinahayag nating pananampalataya?

Tugon: Opo.

Tatlong ulit na ilulubog sa tubig o bubuhusan ng tubig ang bawat binibinyagan.

Pari: N., ikaw ay binibinyagan ko sa ngalan ng Ama,

Ang binibinyagan ay ilulubog sa tubig o bubuhusan ng tubig sa unang

pagkakataon.

Pari: at ng Anak,

Ang binibinyagan ay ilulubog sa tubig o bubuhusan ng tubig sa ikalawang

pagkakataon.

Pari: at ng Espiritu Santo.

Ang binibinyagan ay ilulubog sa tubig o bubuhusan ng tubig sa ikatlong

pagkakataon.

46

Paglalahad ng Kahulugan ng Binyag

Paglalagay ng Langis

Iaabot sa pari ang langis ng Banal na Krisma.

Pari: Ngayong naganap na ng Diyos Ama

ng Panginoong Hesukristo

ang muling pagsilang sa tubig at Espiritu Santo,

ang pagpapahid ng langis ay nagpapakilala

ng paglukob ng Espiritu Santo

sa muling isinilang sa binyag.

Maging matatag nawa ang mga batang ito

sa kanilang pakikiisa

kay Kristong Hari, pari, at propeta,

ngayon at magpakailan man.

Bayan: Amen.

Lalapitang isa-isa ng pari ang mga bagong binyag at lalagyan ng langis kanilang

bumbunan.

Pagbibigay ng Damit Pambinyag

Pari: Ang damit pambinyag

ay tanda ng muling pagsilang kay Kristo

at ng dakilang karangalan ng mga anak ng Diyos.

Nawa‟y manatiling wagas

at walang bahid-dungis ang kanilang karangalan

hanggang matamo nila


Bayan: Amen.

Ilalagay ng ninong at ninang sa kanilang inaanak ang damit pambinyag.

Pagbibigay ng Kandilang Nagdiringas

Tatanganan ng pari ang Kandila ng Pagkabuhay.

Pari: Tayo nang magbigay-dangal

kay Hesus na ating Ilaw

sa diwa nati‟t isipan.

Bayan: Si Hesukristo‟y nabuhay.

Siya‟y ating kaliwanagan.

47

Mula sa Kandila ng Pagkabuhay, sisindihan ng ninong at ninang ang kandila

para sa kanilang inaanak.

Pari: Ang ilaw na ito

ay tanda ng liwanag ni Kristo

na tinanggap ng mga bagong binyag.

Sa tulong ng mga magulang, ninong at ninang,

nawa‟y mag-alab ito

sa kanilang puso‟t diwa

hanggang sa pagbabalik

ni Kristong ating Panginoon.

Bayan: Amen.

PAGWAWAKAS (Sa harap ng dambana)

Ama Namin

Pari: Naging anak tayo ng kaliwanagan kay Kristo.

Dumulog tayo ngayon sa ating Ama

na bukal ng kaliwanagan at buhay

sa panalanging itinuro sa atin

ng ating Panginoong Hesukristo.

Bayan: Ama namin, sumasalangit Ka.

Sambahin ang ngalan Mo.

Mapasaamin ang kaharian Mo.

Sundin ang loob Mo

dito sa lupa para nang sa langit.

Bigyan Mo kami ngayon

ng aming kakanin sa araw-araw.

At patawarin Mo kami sa aming mga sala

para nang pagpapatawad namin

sa nagkakasala sa amin.

At huwag Mo kaming ipahintulot sa tukso.

At iadya Mo kami sa lahat ng masama.

Maaari ding idagdag ang panalangin sa Mahal na Birheng Maria.

Pari: At sa Mahal na Birhen ating ipagkatiwala

ang mga bagong binyag.

Sama-sama tayong manalangin.

48

Bayan: Aba Ginoong Maria,

napupuno Ka ng grasya.

Ang Panginoong Diyos ay sumasaiyo,

bukod Kang pinagpala sa babaeng lahat

at pinagpala naman ang Iyong Anak na si Hesus.

Santa Maria, Ina ng Diyos,

ipanalangin Mo kaming makasalanan,

ngayon at kung kami‟y mamamatay.

Amen.

Pagbabasbas


amin nang ipinagdiwang

ang sakramento na nagbibigay

ng Iyong buhay at dangal.

Habang panahon kaming lilingon sa Iyo

dahil sa lahat ng Iyong awa at biyaya.

Pagindapatin Mong kami

bilang mga magulang, ninong at ninang

ay manatiling matapat

sa aming mga ipinangako sa binyag.

Iniluluhog namin ito




Bayan: Amen.



Pari: Pagpalain kayo ng Poong Maykapal

sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak, at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Sa kumpil at unang pakikinabang

dapat lubusin ang ating pinasimulan.

Ihanda ninyo sila pagsapit ng araw

ng pagtanggap sa mga sakramentong banal.

Humayo kayong taglay ang kapayapaan.


49

SACRAMENT OF

CONFIRMATION

50

THE SACRAMENT OF CONFIRMATION WITHIN MASS

INTRODUCTORY RITES

When the people have assembled and everything is prepared, the bishop and

concelebrating priests, and the other ministers walk from the door of the church to the sanctuary. Meanwhile the assembly sings the entrance hymn.

Entrance Hymn

Greeting

After making the customary gestures of reverence, the bishop proceeds to the chair and begins the celebration.

Bishop: In the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.

Bishop: Peace be with you.


Introduction

The bishop may very briefly introduce the faithful to the Mass.

Penitential Act

Bishop: My brothers and sisters, let us acknowledge our failures,

and so prepare ourselves to celebrate the sacred mysteries.

After a brief moment of silence for examination of conscience, the presider and people

say together:

I confess to almighty God

and to you, my brothers and sisters,

that I have greatly sinned,

in my thoughts and in my words,

in what I have done and in what I have failed to do,

All strike their breast.

through my fault, through my fault,

through my most grievous fault;

51

therefore I ask blessed Mary ever-Virgin,

all the Angels and Saints,

and you, my brothers and sisters,

to pray for me to the Lord our God.

Bishop: May almighty God have mercy on us,

forgive us our sins,

and bring us to everlasting life.

People: Amen.

Bishop: Lord, have mercy.

People: Lord, have mercy.

Bishop: Christ, have mercy.

People: Christ, have mercy.

Bishop: Lord, have mercy.


Gloria

The Gloria is sung/recited only if prescribed by the liturgy of the day.

Bishop: Glory to God in the highest.

People: Glory to God in the highest,

and on earth peace to people of good will.

We praise You, we bless You,

we adore You, we glorify You,

we give You thanks for Your great glory,

Lord God, heavenly King,

O God, almighty Father.

Lord Jesus Christ, Only Begotten Son,

Lord God, Lamb of God, Son of the Father,

You take away the sins of the world, have mercy on us;

You take away the sins of the world, receive our prayer;

You are seated at the right hand of the Father, have mercy on us.

For You alone are the Holy One,

You alone are the Lord,

You alone are the Most High, Jesus Christ,

with the Holy Spirit,

in the glory of God the Father.

Amen.

52

Collect

Bishop: Let us pray.

Pause for silent prayer.

Grant, we pray, almighty and merciful God,

that the Holy Spirit, coming near

and dwelling graciously within us,

may make of us a perfect temple of His glory.

Through our Lord Jesus Christ, Your Son,

who lives and reigns with You, in the unity of the Holy Spirit,

one God, for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm

Second Reading

Alleluia or Verse before the Gospel (during Lent)

Gospel

RITE OF CONFIRMATION

Presentation of the Candidates

After the readings, the celebrant and the priests who will be ministers of the sacrament

with him take their seats. The pastor (parish priest) or another priest, deacon, or catechist presents the candidates for confirmation, according to the custom of the region.

If possible, each candidate is called by name and comes individually to the sanctuary. If

the candidates are children, they are accompanied by one of their sponsors or parents

and stand before the celebrant. The presentor may use these or similar words:

Presentor: Your Excellency, on behalf of the parish of (N.),

I present to you, these candidates for the Sacrament of Confirmation.

Under the guidance of their parents, guardians and catechists

and with the prayerful support and encouragement of this parish community,

they have prepared for this Sacrament of Christian Initiation,

which was begun at their Baptism.

We pray that their participation in the Holy Eucharist

with all of us assembled here

will strengthen them as faithful witnesses to Christ.

53

Homily

The bishop then gives a brief homily.

Renewal of Baptismal Promises

After the homily, the candidates stand and the bishop questions them:

Bishop: My dear candidates, you have been called by God today to become witnesses of

the Gospel. With the help of your parents and godparents, and the support of this

Christian community, strive to remain faithful in your duty to serve God and his

people. Renew now the promises you made at baptism.

Bishop: Do you reject Satan and all his works

and all his empty promises?

Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in God the Father almighty,


Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in Jesus Christ, His only Son, our Lord,



rose from the dead,


Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in the Holy Spirit, the Lord, the giver of life,

who came upon the apostles at Pentecost

and today is given to you sacramentally in Confirmation?

Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in the holy Catholic Church,


the resurrection of the body and life everlasting?

Candidates: I do.

The celebrant confirms their profession of faith by proclaiming the faith of the Church:

Bishop: This is our faith.


We are proud to profess it in Christ Jesus our Lord.

54

People: Amen.

The Laying On of Hands

The concelebrating priests stand near the bishop. The bishop facing the candidates with

hands joined, sings or says:

Bishop: My dear friends:

in Baptism, God our Father gave the new birth of eternal life

to His chosen sons and daughters.

Let us pray to our Father

that He will pour out the Holy Spirit

to strengthen His sons and daughters with His gifts

and anoint them to be more like Christ, the Son of God.

All pray in silence for a short time.

The bishop and the priests who will minister the sacrament with him lay hands upon all

the candidates (by extending their hands over them). The bishop alone sings or says:

Bishop: All-powerful God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ,

by water and the Holy Spirit

You freed Your sons and daughters from sin

and gave them new life.

Send Your Holy Spirit upon them

to be their Helper and Guide.

Give them the spirit of wisdom and understanding,

the spirit of right judgment and courage,


Fill them with the spirit of wonder and awe in Your presence.


All: Amen.

The Anointing with Chrism

The deacon brings the chrism to the celebrant. Each candidate goes to the bishop, or the bishop may go to the individual candidates. The one who presented the candidate places

his right hand on the latter’s shoulder and gives the candidate’s name to the celebrant;

or the candidate may give his own name.

55

The bishop dips his right thumb in the chrism and makes the sign of the cross on the

forehead of the one to be confirmed, as he says:

Bishop: N., be sealed with the Gift of the Holy Spirit.

The newly confirmed responds:





If priests assist the bishop in conferring the sacrament, all the vessels of chrism are

brought to the bishop by the deacon or by other ministers. Each of the priests comes to

the bishop, who gives him a vessel of chrism.

The candidates go to the bishop or to the priests, or the bishop and priests may go to the

candidates. The anointing is done as described above.

During the anointing, a suitable song may be sung. After the anointing the bishop and

the priests wash their hands.

Then, the assembly stands for the Prayer of the Faithful.


Bishop: My dear friends: let us be one in prayer to God our Father

as we are one in the faith, hope and love His Spirit gives.


Deacon or Minister:

For these sons and daughters of God, confirmed by the

gift of the Spirit, that they give witness to Christ by lives built on faith and love:

let us pray to the Lord. (Response)

For their parents and godparents who led them in faith,

that by word and example they may always encourage them to follow the way of

Jesus Christ: let us pray to the Lord. (Response)

For the holy Church of God, in union with N. our pope,

N. our bishop, and all the bishops, that God, who gathers us together by the Holy

Spirit, may help us grow in unity of faith and love until His Son returns in glory:


56

For all men and women, of every race and nation, that

they may acknowledge the one God as Father, and in the bond of common

brotherhood seek His kingdom, which is peace and joy in the Holy Spirit: let us

pray to the Lord. (Response)

Bishop: God our Father,

You sent Your Holy Spirit upon the apostles,

and through them and their successors

You give the Spirit to Your people.

May His work begun at Pentecost

continue to grow in the hearts of all who believe.


People: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE EUCHARIST

Presentation of the Gifts and the Preparation of the Altar

The Liturgy of the Eucharist begins with the preparation of the altar and the gifts. If

there are offerings to be brought forward, some of the assembly march in procession from the entrance of the Church to the sanctuary in the following order: first, those

bringing fruits or other similar offerings, then the faithful carrying the bread and wine.

They are received at the base of the sanctuary by the Bishop. The choir and assembly sing appropriate songs.

If there is no procession with the gifts, the altar is prepared in the usual way by the

Bishop and some other ministers. The choir may sing appropriate songs.

When all this has been done, the Offertory Chant begins. Meanwhile, the ministers place

the corporal, the purificator, the chalice, the pall, and the Missal on the altar.

The Bishop, standing at the altar, takes the paten with the bread and holds it slightly

raised above the altar with both hands, saying in a low voice:

Bishop: Blessed are You, Lord God of all creation,

for through Your goodness we have receive

the bread we offer You:

fruit of the earth and work of human hands,

it will become for us the bread of life.

Then he places the paten with the bread on the corporal.

If, however, the Offertory Chant is not sung, the Bishop may speak these words aloud; at

the end, the people may acclaim:

People: Blessed be God for ever.

57

The Deacon, or the Bishop, pours wine and a little water into the chalice, saying quietly:

Bishop: By the mystery of this water and wine

may we come to share in the divinity of Christ

who humbled Himself to share in our humanity.

The Bishop then takes the chalice and holds it slightly raised above the altar with both hands, saying in a low voice:

Bishop: Blessed are You, Lord God of all creation,

for through Your goodness we have received

the wine we offer You;

fruit of the vine and work of human hands,

it will become our spiritual drink.

Then he places the chalice on the corporal.

If, however, the Offertory Chant is not sung, the Bishop may speak these words aloud; at



After this, the Bishop, bowing profoundly, says quietly:

Bishop: With humble spirit and contrite heart

may we be accepted by You, O Lord,

and may our sacrifice in Your sight this day

be pleasing to You, Lord God.

If appropriate, he also incenses the offerings, the cross, and the altar. A Deacon or other minister then incenses the Bishop and the people:

Then the Bishop, standing at the side of the altar, washes his hands, saying quietly:

Bishop: Wash me, O Lord, from my iniquity

and cleanse me from my sin.


When the altar has been prepared, the assembly stands for the invitation to prayer.

Bishop: Pray, brothers and sisters,

that my sacrifice and yours

may be acceptable to God,

the almighty Father.

People: May the Lord accept the sacrifice at your hands

for the praise and glory of His name,

for our good and the good of all His holy Church.

58

Prayer Over the Offerings

Bishop: Receive in Your mercy, O Lord,

the prayers of Your servants

and grant that, being conformed more perfectly to Your Son,

they may grow steadily in bearing witness to Him,

as they share in the memorial of His redemption,

by which He gained for us Your Holy Spirit.


People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

Preface I of the Holy Spirit:

The sending of the Spirit by the Lord upon the Church

Bishop: The Lord be with you.


Bishop: Lift up your hearts.

People: We lift them up to the Lord.

Bishop: Let us give thanks to the Lord our God.

People: It is right and just.

Bishop: It is truly right and just, our duty and our salvation,

always and everywhere to give You thanks,

Lord, holy Father, almighty and eternal God,

through Christ our Lord.

Ascending above all the heavens

and sitting at Your right hand,

He poured out the promised Holy Spirit

on Your adopted children.

Therefore, now and for ages unending,

with all the host of Angels,

we sing to You with all our hearts,

crying out as we acclaim:

Acclamation (Sanctus)

59

People: Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God of hosts.

Heaven and earth are full of Your glory.

Hosanna in the highest.

Blessed is He who comes in the name of the Lord.


Institution Narrative and Consecration

The bishop, with hands extended, says:

Bishop: You are indeed holy, O Lord,

the fount of all holiness.

He joins his hands, and holding them extended over the offerings, says:

Make holy, therefore, these gifts, we pray,

by sending down your Spirit upon them like the dewfall,

He joins his hands and makes the Sign of the Cross once over the bread and the chalice

together, saying:

So that they may become for us,

the Body and Blood of our Lord Jesus Christ.

He joins his hands.

In the formulas that follow, the words of the Lord should be pronounced clearly and distinctly, as

the nature of these words requires.

At the time he was betrayed,

and entered willingly into his Passion,

He takes the bread and, holding it slightly raised above the altar , continues:

he took bread, and giving thanks,

broke it, and gave it to his disciples, saying:

He bows slightly.

TAKE THIS ALL OF YOU AND EAT OF IT,

FOR THIS IS MY BODY,

WHICH WILL BE GIVEN UP FOR YOU.

He shows the consecrated host to the people, places it again on the paten, and genuflects in

adoration.

60

After this, he continues:

In a similar way, when supper was ended,

He takes the chalice and, holding it slightly raised above the altar, continues:

He took the chalice and,

once more giving thanks,

he gave it to his disciples, saying:

He bows slightly.

TAKE THIS, ALL OF YOU, AND DRINK FROM IT.

FOR THIS IS THE CHALICE OF MY BLOOD,

THE BLOOD OF THE NEW AND ETERNAL COVENANT,

WHICH WILL BE POURED OUT FOR YOU AND FOR MANY

FOR THE FORGIVENESS OF SINS.

DO THIS IN MEMORY OF ME.

He shows the chalice to the people, places it on the corporal, and genuflects in adoration.

Then he says:

The mystery of faith.

The people stand and say or sing the memorial acclamation.

Memorial Acclamation

People: We proclaim Your death, O Lord,

and profess Your resurrection,

until You come again.

Or: When we eat this Bread and drink this Cup,

we proclaim Your Death, O Lord,


Then the bishop, with hands extended, says:

Therefore, as we celebrate

the memorial of his Death and Resurrection,

we offer you Lord, the Bread of Life

and the Chalice of salvation,

giving thanks that you have held us worthy

to be in your presence and minister to you.

61

Humbly we pray that,

partaking of the Body and Blood of Christ,

we may be gathered into one by the Holy Spirit.

Concelebrant 1

Remember, Lord, your Church,

spread throughout the world,

and bring her to the fullness of charity,

together with N. our Pope, and N. our bishop,

and all the clergy.

Concelebrant 2

Remember also our brothers and sisters

who have fallen asleep in the hope of the resurrection,

and all who have died in your mercy:

welcome them into the light of your faith.

Have mercy on us all, we pray,

that with the Blessed Virgin Mary, Mother of God,

with blessed Joseph, her Spouse, with the Blessed Apostles,

and all the Saints who have pleased you thoughout the ages,

we may merit to be coheirs to eternal life

and may praise and glorify you

He joins his hands.

Though your Son, Jesus Christ.

The bishop takes the paten with the host and if a deacon is present, hands him the Chalice, and

raising both, he says:

THROUGH HIM, AND WITH HIM, AND IN HIM,

O GOD, ALMIGHTY FATHER,

IN THE UNITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT,

ALL GLORY AND HONOR IS YOURS,

FOR EVER AND EVER.

People: Amen.

62

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer

Bishop: At the Savior‟s command

and formed by divine teaching,

we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







Embolism

Bishop: Deliver us, Lord, we pray, from every evil,

graciously grant peace in our days,

that, by the help of Your mercy,

we may be always free from sin

and safe from all distress,

as we await the blessed hope

and the coming of our Savior, Jesus Christ.

People: For the kingdom, the power and the glory are Yours now and for ever.

Invitation to Peace

Bishop: Lord Jesus Christ,

who said to Your Apostles:

Peace I leave you, My peace I give you,

look not on our sins,

but on the faith of Your Church,

and graciously grant Her peace and unity

in accordance with Your will.

Who live and reign for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

63

Bishop: The peace of the Lord be with you always


Bishop: Let us offer each other the sign of peace.

And all offer one another a sign, in keep with local customs, that expresses peace,

communion, and charity. The Bishop gives the sign of peace to a Deacon or minister.

Fraction and Communion

Then the Bishop takes the host, breaks it over the paten, and places a small piece in the

chalice, saying quietly:

Bishop: May this mingling of the Body and Blood

of our Lord Jesus Christ

bring eternal life to us who receive it.

Meanwhile the following is sung or said:

People: Lamb of God, You take away the sins of the world,

have mercy on us.

Lamb of God, You take away the sins of the world,

have mercy on us.


grant us peace.

The invocation may even be repeated several times if the fraction is prolonged. Only the

final time, however, is grant us peace said.

Preparation for Communion

Then the Bishop, with hands joined, says quietly:

Bishop: Lord Jesus Christ, Son of the living God,

who, by the will of the Father

and the work of the Holy Spirit,

through Your Death gave life to the world,

free me by this, Your most holy Body and Blood,

from all my sins and from every evil;

keep me always faithful to Your commandments,

and never let me be parted from You.

64

The Bishop genuflects, take the host and holding it slightly raised above the paten or

above the chalice, while facing the people, says aloud:

Bishop: Behold the Lamb of God,

behold Him who takes away the sins of the world.

Blessed are those called to the supper of the Lamb.

People: Lord, I am not worthy

that You should enter under my roof,

but only say the word

and my soul shall be healed.

The Bishop, facing the altar, says quietly:

Bishop: May the Body of Christ

keep me safe for eternal life.

And he reverently consumes the Body of Christ.

Then he takes the chalice and says quietly:

Bishop: May the Blood of Christ

keep me safe from eternal life.

And he reverently consumes the Blood of Christ.

Communion

While communion is being distributed, the choir may sing some appropriate Eucharistic

songs.

When the distribution of Communion is over, the Priest or Deacon or an acolyte purifies the paten over the chalice and also the chalice itself.

Then the priest sings or recites the Post-Communion Prayer.

Prayer After Communion



Accompany with Your blessing from this day forward, O Lord,

those who have been anointed with the Holy Spirit

and nourished by the Sacrament of Your Son,

so that, with all trials overcome,

they may gladden Your Church by their holiness

and, through their works and their charity,

foster Her growth in the world.


65

People: Amen.

CONCLUDING RITE



Solemn Blessing

Deacon: Bow your heads and pray for God‟s blessing.

God our Father made you his children

by water and the Holy Spirit:

may he bless you and watch over you

with his fatherly love.

People: Amen.

Bishop: Jesus Christ the Son of God promised the Spirit of truth

would be with his Church for ever:

may he bless you and give you courage

in professing the true faith.

People: Amen.

Bishop: The Holy Spirit came down upon the disciples

and set their hearts on fire with love:

may he bless you, keep you one in faith and love

and bring you to the joy of God‟s kingdom.

People: Amen.

Or

Prayer Over the People

Bishop: Confirm, O God, what You have brought about in us,

and preserve in the hearts of Your faithful

the gifts of the Holy Spirit:

may they never be ashamed to confess

Christ crucified before the world

and by devoted charity may they ever fulfill His commands.

Who lives and reigns for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

66

Bishop: And may the blessing of almighty God,

the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit,

come down upon you and remain with you for ever.

People: Amen.

Dismissal

Bishop: Go in peace, glorifying the Lord by your life.


67

PAGMIMISA UKOL SA SAKRAMENTO NG KUMPIL

PASIMULA

Pambungad na Awit

Sa pagmimisang ito, kulay pula o puti ang kasuutan, at dito ginaganap ang pagkukumpil,

maliban sa mga Linggo ng Panahon ng Pagdating, ng Apatnapung Araw ng Paghahanda sa Pasko ng Pagkabuhay, ng Pasko ng Pagkabuhay, sa Miyerkules ng Abo, at sa buong Mahal na

Araw. Kapag natitipon na ang sambayanan, ang obispo, mga pari, at mga tagapaglingkod ay

lalakad patungo sa dambana samantalang umaawit ang lahat.

Pagsapit sa dambana, magsisimula ang pagdiriwang sa nakasanayang pamamaraan.

Pagbati

Obispo: Sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Sumainyo ang kapayapaan.


Pagsisisi

Obispo: Mga kapatid, aminin natin ang ating mga kasalanan

upang tayo‟y maging marapat gumanap sa banal na pagdiriwang.

Sandaling katahimikan para sa pagsisisi sa kasalanan.

Inaamin ko sa makapangyarihang Diyos

at sa inyo, mga kapatid,

na lubha akong nagkasala,

Ang lahat ay dadagok sa dibdib.

sa isip, sa salita, at sa gawa,

at sa aking pagkukulang.

Kaya isinasamo ko

sa Mahal na Birheng Maria,

sa lahat ng mga anghel at mga banal


na ako‟y ipanalangin sa Panginoong ating Diyos.

68

Obispo: Kaawaan tayo ng makapangyarihang Diyos,

patawarin tayo sa ating mga kasalanan,

at patnubayan tayo sa buhay na walang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison

Obispo: Panginoon, kaawaan Mo kami.

Bayan: Panginoon, kaawaan Mo kami.

Obispo: Kristo, kaawaan Mo kami.

Bayan: Kristo, kaawaan Mo kami.

Obispo: Panginoon, kaawaan Mo kami.


Papuri sa Diyos

Kapag nakatakdang gaganapin, aawitin o darasalin ang Papuri sa Diyos.

Obispo: Papuri sa Diyos sa Kaitaasan.

Bayan: Papuri sa Diyos sa kaitaasan

at sa lupa‟y kapayapaan sa mga taong kinalulugdan Niya.

Pinupuri ka namin, dinarangal ka namin,

sinasamba Ka namin, ipinagbubunyi Ka namin,

pinasasalamatan Ka namin,

dahil sa dakila Mong angking kapurihan.

Panginoong Diyos, Hari ng langit,

Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat.

Panginoong Hesukristo, Bugtong na Anak,

Panginoong Diyos, Kordero ng Diyos, Anak ng Ama.

Ikaw na nag-aalis ng mga kasalanan ng sanlibutan,

maawa Ka sa amin.


tanggapin Mo ang aming kahilingan.

Ikaw na naluluklok sa kanan ng Ama,

maawa Ka sa amin.

Sapagka‟t Ikaw lamang ang banal,

Ikaw lamang ang Panginoon,

Ikaw lamang, O Hesukristo, ang Kataas-taasan,


sa kadakilaan ng Diyos Ama. Amen.

69

Pambungad na Panalangin

Obispo: Manalangin tayo.

Sandaling katahimikan para sa pansariling panalangin.

Ama naming makapangyarihan,

ipagkaloob Mong ang Espiritu Santong sumasaamin

ay siya nawang magpagindapat na kami‟y gawing

tahanan ng kapangyarihan sa aming piling

sa pamamagitan din ni Hesukristo


Bayan: Amen.

PAGPAPAHAYAG NG SALITA NG DIYOS

Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Ikalawang Pagbasa

Aleluya o Awit Pambungad sa Mabuting Balita

Mabuting Balita

PAGDIRIWANG NG KUMPIL

Pagtawag sa mga Kukumpilan

Pagkatapos ng Mabuting Balita ay magsisimula ang Rito ng Pagkukumpil. Maaaring iharap ang mga kukumpilan at ipakilala sa punong tagapagdiwang.

Tagapagpakilala: Minamahal naming Obispo N., ikinalulugod kong iharap sa inyo ang mga

kabataan na tatanggap ng Sakrmento ng Kumpil. Sa pamamagitan ng

paggabay ng kanilang mga magulang, mga ninong at ninang, at sa tulong

ng simbahan, sila ay itinatagubilin namin sa biyaya ng Diyos at

inaasahang magiging mga kapaki-pakinabang na bahagi ng sambayanang

ito, ang parokya ng N.

Ang mga kukumpilan ay tatayo at sila ay maaring batiin ng sambayanan sa

pamamagitan ng masigabong palakpakan.

Pangaral

Ang obispo ay magbibigay ng maikling pangaral. Ang lahat ay magsisiupo.

70

Pagsariwa sa Mga Pangako sa Binyag

Pagkatapos ng pangaral, ang mga kukumpilan ay tatayo at tatanungin sila ng

magkukumpil:

Obispo: Minamahal na mga kukumpilan, tinawag kayo ng Poong Maykapal upang maging

mga buhay na saksi ng Mabuting Balita. Sa tulong ng inyong mga

tagapagpangkilik, manatili nawa kayong tapat sa inyong tungkunling

paglingkuran ang Diyos at ang kanyang sambayanan. Mangyaring sariwain ninyo

ang inyong mga pangako sa binyag.

Obispo: Itinatakwil ba ninyo si Satanas

at ang Kanyang mga gawain

at panghihikayat sa masama?

Mga Kukumpilan: Opo, itinatakwil ko.

Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo



Mga Kukumpilan: Opo, sumasampalataya ako.

Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo kay Hesukristo,






Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo sa Espiritu Santo,

Panginoon at nagbibigay-buhay,

na bumaba sa mga apostol noong Pentecostes,

at ngayon ay inyong tatanggapin sa Sakramento ng Kumpil?


Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo sa Banal na Simbahang Katolika,



at muling pagkabuhay ng mga namatay,



71

Obispo: Ito ang ating pananampalataya.

Ito ang pananampalataya ng Banal na Simbahan.

Ito ang ikinararangal nating ipahayag

kaisa ni Kristo Hesus na ating Panginoon.

Bayan: Amen.

Pagpapatong ng mga Kamay

Ang obispo ay haharap sa mga tao at magkadaup-palad niyang aawitin o bibigkasin ang

sumusunod:

Obispo: Mga kapatid,

noong binyagan ang mga kukumpilan ngayon,

sila‟y muling isinilang:

ipinagkaloob sa kanila ng Diyos

ang Kanyang sariling buhay

kaya‟t sila‟y naging mga anak Niya.

Idalangin natin ngayon sa Diyos Ama

na ipagkaloob Niya sa kanila ang Espiritu Santo

upang sila‟y mapuspos ng Kanyang lakas

at bunga ng pagpapahid ng banal na langis

ay maging higit silang katulad ni Kristo, ang Anak ng Diyos.

Tahimik na dadalangin ang lahat.

Ipapatong ng obispo ang kanyang mga kamay sa ulo ng mga kukumpilan. Siya lamang ang aawit o bibigkas ng sumusunod:

Obispo: O Diyos na makapangyarihan sa lahat,



hinango mo sa kasalanan ang mga anak Mong ito

at binigyan Mo sila ng pakikihati sa Iyong buhay.

Suguin Mo sa kanila ngayon

ang Espiritu Santo, ang Mang-aaliw,

upang Siyang maging lakas nila at patnubay.

Ipagkaloob Mo na sila‟y mapuspos

ng karunungan at pang-unawa,

na sila‟y maging makatwiran sa pagpapasya


Puspusin Mo sila ng kaalaman at pamimitagan


Hinihiling namin ito sa Iyo

sa pamamagitan ni Kristo na aming Panginoon


72

Bayan: Amen.


Ang krisma ay dadalhin sa obispo. Ang mga kukumpilan ay isa-isang lalapit sa kanya, o

kaya lalapit siya sa kanila. Ipapatong ng ninong o ninang o ng magulang na naghaharap sa kukumpilan ang kanyang kanang kamay sa aanakin o anak at sasabihin

niya ang ngalan nito sa nagkukumpil. Maaari ring ang kukumpilang ang magsabi ng

kanyang ngalan.

Ilulubog ng obispo ang kanyang kanang hinlalaki sa lalagyan ng krisma at sa

pamamagitan nito’y kukrusan niya sa noo ang kinukumpilan samantalang sinasabi ito:

Obispo: N., tanggapin mo ang tatak na kaloob ng Espiritu Santo.

Kinukumpilan: Amen.

Igagawad ang pagbati ng kapayapaan.

Obispo: Sumaiyo ang kapayapaan.

Kinumpilan: At sumaiyo rin.

Panalangin ng Bayan

Ang lahat ay tatayo para sa Panalangin ng Bayan.


taimtim tayong manalangin

sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat.

Pag-isahin natin ang ating pagsamo sa Kanya

tulad ng ating pagkakaisa sa pananampalataya,

pag-asa at pag-ibig na kaloob ng Espiritu Santo.

Panginoon, kami’y Iyong dinggin.

Lektor: Para sa mga kapatid nating bagong kumpil, upang ang kanilang buhay ay

mapuspos ng pananamapalataya at pag-ibig at maging mga tapat silang saksi ni

Kristo, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa kanilang mga magulang, ninong at ninang na umaakay sa kanila sa

pananampalataya, upang mapatnubayan ng kanilang magagandang payo

at mabubuting halimbawa ng pamumuhay ng mga bagong kumpil

na naaayon sa landas ng Panginoong Hesukristo, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

73

Para sa banal na Simbahan ng Diyos, sa ating Papa N., sa ating obispo, N.,

at para sa lahat ng mga obispo‟t pari, upang maitaguyod nila ang pagkakaisa‟t

pagmamahalan ng mga taong pinagbubuklod ng Espiritu Santo

hanggang sa maningning na pagbabalik ng Diyos Anak, manalangin tayo sa

Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa lahat ng mga tao, lipi at bansa, upang magmahalan ang lahat bilang

magkakapatid at mga anak ng iisang Diyos Ama at upang totohanang hanapin ng

lahat ang kaharian ng kapayapaan at kaningningan ng Espiritu Santo,

manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Obispo: O Diyos na aming Ama,




Ang aral na sinimulang ipahayag noong Pentecostes


Hinihiling namin ito

sa pamamagitan ni Kristo na aming

Panginoon magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

PAGDIRIWANG NG HULING HAPUNAN

Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng

mga tagapaglingkod ang telang patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang

kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa ibabaw ng dambana.

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang obispo sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawaka niya ang

pinggan ng tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya

nang pabulong:

Obispo: Kapuri-puri Ka, Diyos Amang Lumikha sa sanlibutan.

Sa Iyong kagandahang-loob, narito ang aming maiaalay.

Mula sa lupa at bunga ng aming paggawa ang tinapay na ito

para maging pagkaing nagbibigay-buhay.

Ilalapag niya ang pinggan ng tinapay sa telang patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo.

Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay madarasal nang malakas ng obispo at sa katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:

74

Bayan: Kapuri-puri ang Poong Maykapal ngayon at kailanman!

Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis

habang dinarasal nang pabulong:

Obispo: Sa paghahalong ito ng alak at tubig

kami nawa‟y makasalo sa pagka-Diyos ni Kristo

na nagpagindapat makihati sa aming pagkatao.

Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng obispo ang kalis ng bahagyang

nakaangat sa dambana habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:

Obispo: Kapuri-puri Ka, Diyos Amang Lumikha sa sanlibutan.


Mula sa katas ng ubas at bunga ng aming paggawa ang alak na ito

para maging inuming nagbibigay ng Iyong Espiritu.

Ilalapag niya ang kalis sa telang patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo.

Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay

madarasal nang malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:


Pakatapos, yuyuko ang obispo habang dinarasal niya nang pabulong:

Obispo: Diyos Amang Lumikha, nakikiusap kaming mga makasalanan.

Tanggapin Mo ang aming pagsisisi bilang handog

upang kami’y matutong sumunod sa Iyo nang buong puso.

Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng obispo ang mga alay at ang dambana;

pagkaraa’y iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang obispo at ang mga

nagsisimba.

Pagkatapos, ang obispo’y pupunta sa gilid ng dambana, maghuhugas siya ng mga kamay

samantalang pabulong niyang dinarasal:

Obispo: O Diyos kong minamahal,

kasalanan ko’y hugasan

at linisin Mong lubusan

ang nagawa kong pagsuway.

Paghanda na ang altar, ang mga tao ay patatayuin.

Obispo: Manalangin kayo, mga kapatid,

upang ang ating paghahain ay maging kalugud-lugod

sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan.

75

Bayan: Tanggapin nawa ng Panginoon

itong paghahain sa iyong mga kamay

sa kapurihan Niya at karangalan

sa ating kapakinabangan

at sa buong Sambayanan Niyang banal.

Panalangin Ukol sa Mga Alay

Obispo: Ama naming Lumikha,

noong kami ay tubusin ng Iyong Anak,

nakamit Niya para sa amin ang Iyong Espiritu.

Sa pagdiriwang naming ito

ng alaala ang aming katubusan,

tanggapin Mo ang aming mga handog.

Isugo Mo ang Iyong Espiritu

upang kami‟y lalong maging katulad ni Hesukristo.

Saan man kami naroroon, maging saksi nawa Niya kami

sapagka‟t Siya ang aming Panginoon magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

PANALANGIN NG PAGPUPURI AT PAGPASALAMAT

Unang Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo sa Espiritu Santo

Ang Pagsusugo ng Panginoon sa Espiritu Santo sa Sambayanan

Obispo: Sumainyo ang Panginoon.


Obispo: Itaas sa Diyos ang inyong puso at diwa.

Bayan: Itinaas na namin sa Panginoon.

Obispo: Pasalamatan natin ang Panginoong ating Diyos.

Bayan: Marapat na Siya ay pasalamatan.

Obispo: Ama naming makapangyarihan,

tunay ngang marapat

na Ikaw ay aming pasalamatan


na aming Panginoon.

76

Noong Siya‟y umakyat sa kalangitan

at lumuklok sa Iyong kanan,

isinugo Niya ang pangakong Espiritu

sa Iyong itinuturing na mga anak Mo.

Kaya kaisa ng mga anghel

na nagsisiawit ng papuri sa Iyo

nang walang humpay sa kalangitan,

kami‟y nagbubunyi sa Iyong kadakilaan.

Sanctus

Bayan: Santo, Santo, Santo

Panginoong Diyos ng mga hukbo!

Napupuno ang langit at lupa

ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!

Pinagpala ang naparirito

sa ngalan ng Panginoon!

Osana sa kaitaasan!

Obispo: Ama naming banal, ikaw ang bukal ng tanang kabanalan.

Pagdadaupin ng Obispo ang kanyang mga kamay at saka lulukuban ang mga alay

habang siya’y nagdarasal.

Kaya‟t sa pamamagitan ng iyong Espiritu

gawin mong banal ang mga kaloob na ito

Muling pagdadaupin ng Obispo ang kanyang mga kamay, at saka kukrusan tinapay at

alak habang kanyang dinarasal.

Upang para sa ami‟y maging Katawan at Dugo

ng aming Panginoong Hesukristo.

Pagdaraupin niya ang kanyang mga kamay.

Ang mga salita ng Panginoon sa mga sumusunod na pangungusap ay ipahahayag nang

malinaw at nauunawaan ng tanan ayon sa hinihingi ng kahulugan ng mga ito.

Bago niya pinagtiisang kusang loob na maging handog,

Hahawakan ng obispo ang tinapay nang bahagyang nakataas sa ibabaw ng dambana

habang kanyang patuloy na inihahayag:

Hinawakan niya ang tinapay,

pinasalatan ka niya, pinaghati-hati niya iyon,

iniabot sa kanyang mga alagad at sinabi:

77

Bahagyang yuyuko ang obispo.

TANGGAPIN NINYONG LAHAT ITO AT KANIN,

ITO ANG AKING KATAWAN

NA IHAHANDOG PARA SA INYO.

Ipapamalas niya ang ostiyang itinalagang maging Katawan ni Kristo, saka ipapatong sa

pinggan, at luluhod siya bilang pagsamba.

Gayundin naman, noong matapos ang hapunan,

Hahawakan ng obispo ang kalis at bahagyang itataas sa dambana, habang kanyang

patuloy na inihahayag.

Hinawakan nya ang kalis,

muli ka nyang pinasalamatan,

iniabot niya ang kalis sa kanyang mga alagad

at sinabi:

Bahagyang yuyuko ang obispo:

TANGGAPIN NINYONG LAHAT ITO AT INUMIN:

ITO ANG KALIS NG AKING DUGO

NG BAGO AT WALANG HANGGANG TIPAN,

ANG AKING DUGO NA IBUBUHOS

PARA SA INYO AT PARA SA LAHAT

SA IKAPAGPAPATAWAD NG MGA KASALANAN.

GAWIN NINYO ITO SA PAG-ALALA SA AKIN.

Ipapamalas niya ang kalis na may lamang alak na itinalagang maging Dugo ni Kristo, saka ilalapag sa dambana, at luluhod siya bilang pagsamba.

Ipagbunyi natin ang misteryo ng pananampalataya.

Pagbubunyi

Bayan: Si Kristo‟y namatay!

Si Kristo‟y nabuhay!

Si Kristo‟y babalik sa wakas ng panahon.

O kaya:

Ang kamatayan Mo, Panginoon,

aming ipinahahayag.

Ang muli Mong pagkabuhay

ay ipinagdiriwang

hanggang sa Iyong pagbabalik.

78

Ilalahad ng obispo ang kanyang mga kamay samantalang siya ay nagdarasal:

Obispo: Ama,

ginagawa namin ngayon

ang pag-alala sa pagkamatay

at muling pagkabuhay ng iyong Anak

kaya‟t iniaalay namin sa iyo

ang tinapay na nagbibigay-buhay

at ang kalis na nagkakaloob ng kaligtasan.

Kami‟y nagpapasalamat

dahil kami‟y iyong minarapat

na tumayo sa harap mo para maglingkod sa iyo.

Isinasamo naming kaming magsalu-salo

sa Katawan at Dugo ni Kristo

ay mabuklod sa pagkakaisa

sa pamamagitan ng Espiritu Santo.

Unang Paring konselebrante:

Ama,

lingapin mo ang iyong Simbahang

laganap sa buong daigdig.

Puspusin mo kami sa pag-ibig

kaisa ni N. na aming Papa,

at ni N. na aming Obispo

at ng tanang kaparian.

Ikalawang Paring konselebrante:

Alalahanin mo ang mga kapatid naming nahimlay

nang may pag-asang sila‟y muling mabubuhay,

gayundin ang lahat ng mga pumanaw.

Kaawaan mo sila at patuluyin sa iyong kaliwanagan.

Kaawaan mo at pagindapatin kaming lahat

na makasalo sa iyong buhay na walang wakas.

Kaisa ng Mahal na Birheng Maria na Ina ng Diyos,

kaisa ni San Jose na kabiyak ng kanyang puso,

kaisa ng mga Apostol, at lahat ng mga banal

na namuhay dito sa daigdig

nang kalugod-lugod sa iyo.

Maipagdiwang nawa namin ang pagpupuri sa ikararangal mo.

79

Pagdaraupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay.

Sa pamamagitan ng iyong Anak

na aming Panginoong Hesukristo.

Hahawakan ng Obispo ang pinggang may ostia at ang kalis na kapwa niyang itataas habang kanyang ipinapahayag:

SA PAMAMAGITAN NI KRISTO,

KASAMA NIYA AT SA KANYA,

ANG LAHAT NG PARANGAL AT PAPURI AY SA IYO,

DIYOS AMANG MAKAPANGYARIHAN,

KASAMA NG ESPIRITU SANTO

MAGPASAWALANG HANGGAN.

Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin

Obispo: Sa tagubilin ng mga nakagagaling na utos

at turo ni Hesus na Panginoon natin at Diyos

ipahayag natin ng lakas-loob.




Sundin ang loob Mo









Obispo: Hinihiling naming

kami‟y iadya sa lahat ng masama,

pagkalooban ng kapayapaan araw-araw,

iligtas sa kasalanan

at ilayo sa lahat ng kapahamakan

samantalang aming pinananabikan

ang dakilang araw ng pagpapahayag

ng Tagapagligtas naming si Hesukristo.

80

Bayan: Sapagka‟t sa Iyo ang kaharian

at ang kapangyarihan at ang kapurihan

magpakailanman! Amen.

Pagbati ng Kapayapaan

Obispo: Panginoong Hesukristo,

sinabi Mo sa Iyong mga Apostol:

“Kapayapaan ang iniiwan Ko sa inyo.

Ang Aking kapayapaan ang ibinibigay Ko sa inyo.”

Tunghayan Mo ang aming pananampalataya

at huwag ang aming mga pagkakasala.

Pagkalooban Mo kami ng kapayapaan

at pagkakaisa ayon sa Iyong kalooban


Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Ang kapayapaan ng Panginoon ay laging sumainyo.


Obispo: Magbigayan kayo ng kapayapaan sa isa‟t isa.

At, alinsunod sa kaugalian ng iba’t ibang pook, ang mga nagsisimba ay magbibigayan

ng kapayapaan. Ang obispo at mga tagapaglingkod ay makapagbibigayan ng kapayapaan.

Ang Paghahati-hati ng tinapay at Pakikinabang

Pagkatapos, hahawakan ng obispo ang ostiya at hahati-hatiin niya ito sa ibabaw ng

pinggan at isasawak niya ang kaputol sa kalis habang pabulong niyang dinarasal:

Obispo: Sa pagsasawak na ito

ng Katawan sa Dugo ng aming Panginoong Hesukristo

tanggapin nawa namin sa pakikinabang


Samantalang ginaganap ang paghahati-hati sa ostiya, aawitin o darasalin ang pagluhog

na ito.

Bayan: Kordero ng Diyos,

na nag-aalis ng mga kasalanan ng sanlibutan,

maawa Ka sa amin.

81

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


ipagkaloob Mo sa amin ang kapayapaan.

Ito ay mauulit-ulit habang ginaganap ang paghahati-hati sa tinapay. Sa huling pag-uulit

saka pa lamang idudugtong ang “ipagkaloob Mo sa amin ang kapayapaan.”

Paanyaya sa Pakikinabang

Magkadaop ang mga kamay ng obispo sa pabulong na pagdarasal:

Obispo: Panginoong Hesukristo, Anak ng Diyos na buhay,

sa kalooban ng Ama kasama ng Espiritu Santo,

binuhay Mo sa Iyong pagkamatay ang sanlibutan.

Pakundangan sa Iyong banal na Katawan at Dugo,

iadya Mo ako sa tanang aking kasalanan at lahat ng masama,

gawin Mong ako‟y makasunod lagi sa Iyong mga utos,

at huwag Mong ipahintulot na ako‟y mawalay sa Iyo kailanman.

Luluhod ang obispo

at pagtayo niya’y kanyang hahawakan ang ostiya na itataas sa ibabaw ng pinggan.

Paharap sa mga tao siyang magsasabi nang malakas:

Obispo: Ito ang Kordero ng Diyos.

Ito ang nag-aalis ng mga kasalanan ng sanlibutan.

Mapalad ang mga inaanyayahan sa Kanyang piging.

Bayan: Panginoon, hindi ako karapat-dapat na magpatuloy sa Iyo

ngunit sa isang salita Mo lang ay gagaling na ako.

Siya’y makikinabang nang magalang at nakayuko sa dambana habang pabulong na

nagdarasal:

Obispo: Ipagsanggalang nawa ako ng Katawan ni Kristo

para sa buhay na walang hanggan.

Mapitagan niyang tatanggapin ang Katawan ni Kristo.

Pagkatapos, hahawakan ng obispo ang kalis at pabulong na magdarasal:

Obispo: Ipagsanggalang nawa ako ng Dugo ni Kristo


Mapitagan niyang tatanggapin ang Dugo ni Kristo.

82

Pakikinabang

Samantalang nakikinabang ang obispo, sisimulan ang awit sa pakikinabang.

Antipona para sa Pakikinabang (Darasalin kung walang awit sa Komunyon)

Pagkapakinabang, ang mga mumo ng ostiya na nasa pinggan ay titipunin sa kalis na huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari,

pabulong siyang magdarasal:

Obispo: Ama naming mapagmahal,

ang aming tinanggap ngayon ay amin nawang mapakinabangan

at ang Iyong ipinagkaloob ay magdulot nawa sa amin

ng kagalingang pangmagpakailanman.

Makababalik ngayon sa upuan ang obispo Makapag-uukol ng ilang saglit na

katahimikan o makaaawit ng papuri o salmo.

Pagkaraan, ang pari ay titindig sa harap ng upuan o sa gawi ng dambana at paharap sa

mga nagsisimbang magpapahayag:

Panalangin Pagkapakinabang


Sandaling katahimikan

Ama naming mapagmahal,

patuloy Mong pagpalain ang mga bagong kumpil

na tumanggap ng Katawa‟t Dugo ni Kristo.

Tulungan Mo silang magtagumpay sa panahon ng pagsubok.

Makapagdulot nawa ng lugod sa Iyong Simbahan

ang kanilang mga mabubuting ginagawa.

Ang kanilang pagmamahalan at pagtutulungan

ay makapagpalaganap nawa sa Iyong Simbahan sa sanlibutan



Bayan: Amen.

PAGTATAPOS



83


Obispo: Yumuko kayo upang tanggapin ang pagpapala ng Diyos.

Ilalahad ng obispo ang kanyang mga kamay sa sambayan habang iginagawad

ang maringal na pagbabasbas.

Isinilang kayo ng Diyos Ama bilang kanyang mga anak

sa pamamagitan ng tubig at Espiritu Santo.

Sumainyo nawa ang kanyang pagpapala

at patnubayan kayo ng kanyang maka-amang pagmamahal.

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Ipinangako ni Hesukristo na Diyos Anak sa kanyang Simbahan

ang pananatili ng Espiritu Santo ng katotohanan.

Sumainyo nawa ang kanyang pagpapala

at patatagin kayo sa pamumuhay

ayon sa tunay na pananampalataya.

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Pinag-alab ng Espiritu Santo ang apoy ng pag-ibig sa puso ng mga alagad noong

siy‟y bumaba sa mga ito. Sumainyo nawa ang kanyang pagpapala, pagbuklurin

kayo sa iisang pananampalataya at pag-ibig, at akayin kayo sa kaligayan ng

paghahari ng Diyos.

Bayan: Amen.

O kaya

Pagpapanalangin sa Sambayanan

Ama naming mapagpala,

loobin Mong maging ganap ang sinimulan Mo sa amin

at panatilihin Mong buhay na buhay

sa katauhan ng lahat na naririto

ang mga pagpapalang hatid ng Espiritu Santo.

Turuan Mo kaming mamuhay ayon sa aral ng Mabuting Balita

at alinsunod sa patnubay ng Espiritu Santo.

Huwag nawa naming ikahiya kahit kailan

ang pagpapahayag sa lahat ng panig ng daigdig

tungkol kay Hesukristo na ipinako sa krus

at ngayo‟y nabubuhay at naghahari


Bayan: Amen.

84

Obispo: Pagpalain kayo ng makapangyarihang Diyos,

Ama, at Anak, at Espiritu Santo .

Bayan: Amen.

Paghayo sa Pagwawakas

Obispo: Taglayin ninyo sa inyong pag-alis ang kapayapaan ni Kristo.

O kaya:

Humayo kayo taglay ang kapayapaan

upang ang Panginoon ay mahalin at paglingkuran.


85

THE SACRAMENT OF CONFIRMATION OUTSIDE MASS

The minister of confirmation who is not a bishop and who confirms either by concession

of the general law or by special indult of the Apostolic See observes the rite described

here.

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Hymn

When the candidates, their sponsors and parents and the whole assembly of the faithful

have gathered, the bishop goes to the sanctuary with the priests who assist him, one or more deacons, and the ministers. Meanwhile, all may sing a psalm or appropriate song.

The bishop makes the usual reverence to the altar with the ministers and greets the

people.

Greeting

Bishop: In the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.



Introduction

The bishop may very briefly introduce the faithful to the Mass.

Opening Prayer


God of power and mercy,

send Your Holy Spirit

to live in our hearts

and make us temples of His glory.


who lives and reigns with You, in the unity of the Holy Spirit,


People: Amen.

86

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm


Gospel

RITE OF CONFIRMATION

Presentation of the Candidates

After the readings, the celebrant and the priests who will be ministers of the sacrament

with him take their seats. The pastor (parish priest) or another priest, deacon, or

catechist presents the candidates for confirmation, according to the custom of the region.

If possible, each candidate is called by name and comes individually to the sanctuary. If the candidates are children, they are accompanied by one of their sponsors or parents

and stand before the celebrant. The presentor may use these or similar words:

Presentor: Your Excellency, on behalf of the parish of (N.),

I present to you these candidates for the Sacrament of Confirmation.

Under the guidance of their parents, guardians, and catechists and with the

prayerful support and encouragement of this parish community, they have

prepared for this Sacrament of Christian Initiation, which was begun at their

Baptism. We pray that through God‟s grace and the inspiration of the Holy Spirit,

they may receive the courage and will to become faithful witnesses of Christ‟s

Gospel.

The candidates may be greeted by the community with a round of applause. Everyone is then seated for the homily.

Homily

Renewal of Baptismal Promises

After the homily, the candidates stand before the bishop who questions them:

Bishop: My dear candidates, you have been called by God

to become witnesses of the Gospel.

With the help of your parents and godparents,

and the support of this Christian community,

strive now to remain faithful in your duty

to serve God and his people.

Renew now the promises you made at baptism.

87

Bishop: Do you reject Satan and all his works

and all his empty promises?

Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in God the Father almighty,


Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in Jesus Christ, His only Son, our Lord,



rose from the dead,


Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in the Holy Spirit, the Lord, the giver of life,

who came upon the apostles at Pentecost

and today is given to you sacramentally in Confirmation?

Candidates: I do.

Bishop: Do you believe in the holy Catholic Church,


the resurrection of the body and life everlasting?

Candidates: I do.

The celebrant confirms their profession of faith by proclaiming the faith of the Church:

Bishop: This is our faith.


We are proud to profess it in Christ Jesus our Lord.

People: Amen.

The Laying On of Hands

The concelebrating priests stand near the bishop. The bishop facing the candidates with

hands joined, sings or says:

Bishop: My dear friends:

in Baptism, God our Father gave the new birth of eternal life

to His chosen sons and daughters.

88

Let us pray to our Father

that He will pour out the Holy Spirit

to strengthen His sons and daughters with His gifts

and anoint them to be more like Christ, the Son of God.

All pray in silence for a short time.

The bishop and the priests who will minister the sacrament with him lay hands upon all the candidates (by extending their hands over them). The bishop alone sings or says:

Bishop: All-powerful God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ,

by water and the Holy Spirit

You freed Your sons and daughters from sin

and gave them new life.

Send Your Holy Spirit upon them

to be their Helper and Guide.

Give them the spirit of wisdom and understanding,

the spirit of right judgment and courage,


Fill them with the spirit of wonder and awe in Your presence.


All: Amen.

The Anointing with Chrism

The deacon brings the chrism to the celebrant. Each candidate goes to the bishop, or the

bishop may go to the individual candidates. The one who presented the candidate places his right hand on the latter’s shoulder and gives the candidate’s name to the celebrant;

or the candidate may give his own name.

The bishop dips his right thumb in the chrism and makes the sign of the cross on the forehead of the one to be confirmed, as he says:

Bishop: N., be sealed with the Gift of the Holy Spirit.






89

If priests assist the bishop in conferring the sacrament, all the vessels of chrism are

brought to the bishop by the deacon or by other ministers. Each of the priests comes to the bishop, who gives him a vessel of chrism.

The candidates go to the bishop or to the priests, or the bishop and priests may go to the

candidates. The anointing is done as described above.

During the anointing, a suitable song may be sung. After the anointing the bishop and

the priests wash their hands.


Bishop: My dear friends: let us be one in prayer to God our Father

as we are one in the faith, hope and love His Spirit gives.


Deacon or Minister:

For these sons and daughters of God, confirmed by the

gift of the Spirit, that they give witness to Christ by lives built on faith and love:


For their parents and godparents who led them in faith,

That by word and example they may always encourage them to follow the way of

Jesus Christ: let us pray to the Lord. (Response)

For the holy Church of God, in union with N. our pope,

N. our bishop, and all the bishops, that God, who gathers us together by the Holy

Spirit, may help us grow in unity of faith and love until His Son returns in glory:


For all men and women, of every race and nation, that

they may acknowledge the one God as Father, and in the bond of common

brotherhood seek His kingdom, which is peace and joy in the Holy Spirit: let us

pray to the Lord. (Response)

Bishop: God our Father,

You sent Your Holy Spirit upon the apostles,

and through them and their successors

You give the Spirit to Your people.

May His work begun at Pentecost

continue to grow in the hearts of all who believe.


People: Amen.

90

The Lord‟s Prayer

All then say the Lord’s Prayer, which the Bishop may introduce.

Bishop: At the Savior‟s command

and formed by divine teaching, we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







After the Lord’s Prayer, the bishop blesses all present. Instead of the usual blessing, the

following blessing or Prayer Over the People is used.

CONCLUDING RITE



Prayer Over the People

Bishop: Confirm, O God, what You have brought about in us,

and preserve in the hearts of Your faithful

the gifts of the Holy Spirit:

may they never be ashamed to confess Christ crucified

before the world and by devoted charity

may they ever fulfill His commands.

Who lives and reigns for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

Bishop: And may the blessing of almighty God,

the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit,

come down on you and remain with you for ever.

People: Amen.

91

PAGDIRIWANG NG KUMPIL KAPAG WALANG MISA

Ang sumusunod na rito ang siya ring gagamitin ng isang paring binigyan ng tanging pahintulot ng obispo na mamuno sa Pagdiriwang ng Kumpil

PASIMULA

Kapag nakahanda na ang lahat at nagkakatipon ang sambayanan, sisimulan ang pagdiriwang sa pamamagitan ng pambungad na awit.

Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati

Obispo: Sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak, at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Sumainyo ang kapayapaan.


Panalanging Pambungad



marapatin Mong isugo sa amin ang Espiritu Santo

ayon sa ipinangako ng Iyong Anak.

Liwanagan nawa Niya ang aming isipan.

Akayin nawa Niya kami sa katotohanan



Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan


Mabuting Balita

92

PAGDIRIWANG NG KUMPIL

Pagtawag sa mga Kukumpilan

Pagkatapos ng Mabuting Balita ay magsisimula ang Rito ng Pagkukumpil. Maaaring

iharap ang mga kukumpilan at ipakilala sa punong tagapagdiwang.

Tagapagpakilala: Minamahal naming Obispo N., ikinalulugod kong iharap sa inyo ang mga

kabataan na tatanggap ng Sakrmento ng Kumpil. Sa pamamagitan ng

paggabay ng kanilang mga magulang, mga ninong at ninang, at sa tulong

ng simbahan, sila ay itinatagubilin namin sa biyaya ng Diyos at

inaasahang magiging mga kapaki-pakinabang na bahagi ng sambayanang

ito, ang parokya ng N.

Ang mga kukumpilan ay tatayo at sila ay maaring batiin ng sambayanan sa

pamamagitan ng masigabong palakpakan.

Pangaral

Ang obispo ay magbibigay ng maikling pangaral.

Pagsariwa sa Mga Pangako sa Binyag

Pagkatapos ng pangaral, ang mga kukumpilan ay tatayo sa harap ng obispo at sila’y aanyayahan ng obsipo sa pagsariwa ng mga pangako sa binyag.

Obispo: Minamahal na mga anak, tinawag kayo ng Diyos upang maging mga saksi ng

Mabuting Balita. Sa tulong ng inyong mga tagpagtaguyod, kayo ay manatili

nawang tapat sa inyong tungkulin sa Diyos at sa kanyang sambayanan. Sariwain

ninyo ngayon ang inyong mga pangako sa binyag.

Itinatakwil ba ninyo si Satanas at ang Kanyang mga gawain

at panghihikayat sa masama?

Mga Kukumpilan: Opo, itinatakwil ko.

Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo




Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo kay Hesukristo,





93


Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo sa Espiritu Santo,

Panginoon at nagbibigay-buhay,

na bumaba sa mga apostol noong Pentecostes,

at ngayon ay inyong tatanggapin sa Sakramento ng Kumpil?


Obispo: Sumasampalataya ba kayo sa Banal na Simbahang Katolika,



at muling pagkabuhay ng mga namatay,



Obispo: Ito ang ating pananampalataya.

Ito ang pananampalataya ng Banal na Simbahan.

Ito ang ikinararangal nating ipahayag

kaisa ni Kristo Hesus na ating Panginoon.

Bayan: Amen.

PAGKUKUMPIL


Ang obispo ay haharap sa mga tao at magkadaup-palad niyang aawitin o bibigkasin ang

sumusunod:


noong binyagan ang mga kukumpilan ngayon,

sila‟y muling isinilang:

ipinagkaloob sa kanila ng Diyos

ang Kanyang sariling buhay

kaya‟t sila‟y naging mga anak Niya.

Idalangin natin ngayon sa Diyos Ama

na ipagkaloob Niya sa kanila ang Espiritu Santo

upang sila‟y mapuspos ng Kanyang lakas

at bunga ng pagpapahid ng banal na langis

ay maging higit silang katulad ni Kristo, ang Anak ng Diyos.

Tahimik na dadalangin ang lahat.

94

Ipapatong ng obispo ang kanyang mga kamay sa ulo ng mga kukumpilan. Siya lamang

ang aawit o bibigkas ng sumusunod:

Obispo: O Diyos na makapangyarihan sa lahat,



hinango mo sa kasalanan ang mga anak Mong ito

at binigyan Mo sila ng pakikihati sa Iyong buhay.

Suguin Mo sa kanila ngayon

ang Espiritu Santo, ang Mang-aaliw,

upang Siyang maging lakas nila at patnubay.

Ipagkaloob Mo

na sila‟y mapuspos ng karunungan at pang-unawa,

na sila‟y maging makatwiran sa pagpapasya


Puspusin Mo sila ng kaalaman at pamimitagan


Hinihiling namin ito sa Iyo sa pamamagitan ni Kristo na aming Panginoon


Bayan: Amen.


Ang krisma ay dadalhin sa obispo. Ang mga kukumpilan ay isa-isang lalapit sa kanya, o kaya lalapit siya sa kanila. Ipapatong ng ninong o ninang o ng magulang na

naghaharap sa kukumpilan ang kanyang kanang kamay sa aanakin o anak at sasabihin

niya ang ngalan nito sa nagkukumpil. Maaari ring ang kukumpilang ang magsabi ng

kanyang ngalan.

Ilulubog ng nagkukumpil ang kanyang kanang hinlalaki sa lalagyan ng krisma at sa

pamamagitan nito’y kukrusan niya sa noo ang kinukumpilan samantalang sinasabi ito:

Obispo: N., tanggapin mo ang tatak na kaloob ng Espiritu Santo.

Kinumpilan: Amen.

Obispo: Sumaiyo ang kapayapaan.

Kinumpilan: At sumaiyo rin.

95

Panalangin ng Bayan

Obispo: Mga kapatid, taimtim tayong manalangin sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa

lahat. Pag-isahin natin ang ating pagsamo sa Kanya tulad ng ating pagkakaisa sa

pananampalataya, pag-asa at pag-ibig na kaloob ng Espiritu Santo.

Panginoon, kami’y Iyong dinggin.

Lektor: Para sa mga kapatid nating bagong kumpil, upang ang kanilang buhay ay

mapuspos ng pananamapalataya at pag-ibig at maging mga tapat silang saksi ni

Kristo, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa kanilang mga magulang, ninong at ninang na umaakay sa kanila sa

pananampalataya, upang mapatnubayan ng kanilang magagandang payo

at mabubuting halimbawa ang pamumuhay ng mga bagong kumpil na naaayon sa

landas ng Panginoong Hesukristo, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa banal na Simbahan ng Diyos, para sa ating Papa N., para sa ating obispo,

N., at para sa lahat ng mga obispo‟t pari, upang maitaguyod nila ang pagkakaisa‟t

pagmamahalan ng mga taong pinagbubuklod ng Espiritu Santo hanggang sa

maningning na pagbabalik ng Diyos Anak, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Para sa lahat ng mga tao, lipi at bansa, upang magmahalan ang lahat bilang

magkakapatid at mga anak ng iisang Diyos Ama at upang totohanang hanapin ng

lahat ang kaharian ng kapayapaan at kaningningan ng Espiritu Santo,


Obispo: O Diyos na aming Ama,




Ang aral na sinimulang ipahayag noong Pentecostes



na aming Panginoon magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Ama Namin

Darasalin ng lahat ang Ama Namin sa pangunguna ng nagkumpil [obispo]. Sisimula

niya ito sa pamamagitan ng sumusunod na pangungusap:

Obispo: Sa tagubilin ng mga nakagagaling na utos



96




Sundin ang loob Mo









Pagkatapos ng Ama Namin, igagawad ng obispo ang kanyang pagbabasbas sa lahat. Sa

halip ng pangkaraniwang pagbabasbas, ang sumusunod na maringal na pagbabasbas

ang gagamitin.

Pagpapanalangin sa Sambayanan



Obispo: Magsiyuko kayo para sa paggagawad ng pagpapala.

Ama naming mapagpala,

loobin Mong maging ganap ang sinimulan Mo sa amin

at panatilihin Mong buhay na buhay

sa katauhan ng lahat na naririto

ang mga pagpapalang hatid ng Espiritu Santo.

Turuan Mo kaming mamuhay ayon sa aral ng Mabuting Balita

at alinsunod sa patnubay ng Espiritu Santo.

Huwag nawa naming ikahiya kahit kalian

ang pagpapahayag sa lahat ng panig ng daigdig

tungkol kay Hesukristo na ipinako sa krus

at ngayo‟y nabubuhay at naghahari magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Pagpalain kayo ng makapangyarihang Diyos,

Ama, at Anak, at Espiritu Santo .

Bayan: Amen.

Obispo: Tapos na ang ating pagdiriwang,

humayo kayong taglay ang kapayapaan ni Kristo.


97

RITE OF FIRST

HOLY

EUCHARIST

98

THE CELEBRATION OF FIRST HOLY EUCHARIST

Preliminary Considerations

1. The celebration of Mass, as the action of Christ and of the People of God arrayed

hierarchically, is the center of the whole of Christian life for the Church both universal

and local, as well as for each of the faithful individually.

2. Every baptized Christian, therefore, is rightfully to be nourished at the Table of the

Lord‟s Body and Blood, be inspired by the Word of God, and share the faith with his or

her community.

3. At a certain point in their lives, young children are oriented towards a love for the

Eucharist as their source of spiritual nourishment. It is through this first reception of Holy

Communion, as part of their Christian Initiation, that they are to form an intimate bond

with Jesus, and with the community to which they belong.

4. It is the duty of those responsible for their Christian formation, namely, their parents or

guardians, their school teachers, and their pastors, to ensure that they are given this

opportunity to participate in the Eucharistic liturgy more fully.

The Place and Time of the Celebration

1. The First Holy Eucharist is most appropriately celebrated inside the church, a chapel or

an oratory under the territorial jurisdiction of the parish to which the school belongs. If

circumstances dictate, it may also be held in a worthy and dignified place in the school,

such as a gymnasium, or an auditorium. In this case, however, it must be ensured that the

utmost dignity and solemnity of the celebration be strictly observed in terms of the

decoration, the vesture and the materials used. Under no circumstances should these be

compromised for the sake of convenience or due to the lack of preparation.

2. The Mass may be held at any appropriate day of the week, even on days where a

Solemnity is observed, in which case the Prayer Formularies and Scriptural readings of

the Proper will be used. If pastoral reasons dictate, this may also be celebrated on

Sundays and within the regularly scheduled Masses of the parish, as long as the faithful

are not left out of place.

3. During ferial days (when there are no occurring solemnities, feasts or obligatory

memorials) the votive mass may also be used, with appropriately chosen readings.

The Choice of Mass Texts

1. The Mass texts are dependent on the following elements:

a. The liturgical season. Masses celebrated within the Season Lent require the prayer

formularies and texts of the current weekday. The Gloria and Alleluia are omitted.

b. The Proper celebration of the day. If the mass falls on a particular day where a

Solemnity is observed, the prayer formularies and readings follow the Proper of

the day. (e.g., if the Mass falls on March 19, the Solemnity of St. Joseph, Husband

of Mary, is used). The Gloria is sung if it is required by the Proper celebration of

the day. During Lent the Alleluia is always omitted.

99

2. Under no circumstances is any person allowed to use freely composed prayers for the

celebration of the mass.

3. The readings from Sacred Scripture are to be chosen with due diligence and care so that

the children who are to receive the Lord‟s Body may be able to grasp their meaning in a

certain sense.

4. When the liturgy of First Holy Eucharist falls within the season of Lent, the following

elements are to be taken into consideration:

a. The Gloria is not sung or recited (unless it falls during one of the Solemnities).

b. The Alleluia is omitted but the verse before the Gospel is sung or read.

c. The appropriate songs for Lent are used, and those approved for use in the liturgy.

d. The decorations are minimal in keeping with the Lenten character of sobriety and

penitence.

The Ministers of the Celebration

1. In order to ensure the beauty and sacredness of the Eucharistic celebration, all those

taking part in it, from the presider, the ministers assisting him or performing various

functions, as well as the faithful who are participants, must exercise their roles with the

utmost respect and dignity. This can be accomplished if each one taking part in the Mass

is clearly aware of his or her proper functions and carries them out in a graceful and

intelligent manner. Any actions that may hinder the full, conscious, and active

participation of the congregation must be avoided at all costs.

2. The presider of the Eucharistic celebration is preferably the parish priest or school

director, or his designated priest representative. This is to highlight the connection of the

academic institution with the parish to which it belongs. If, however, a priest who is not

connected to the parish, nor is incardinated in the diocese is invited to preside over the

Eucharist, due permission must be sought from the parish priest, and the invited priest

must show his celebret as proof of his good standing with another diocese or a religious

congregation.

3. Regarding the other ministers taking part in the celebration:

a. The commentator and Lectors. It must always be remembered that the Word of

God is of utmost importance and must therefore be proclaimed in an audible, clear

and intelligent manner so that those listening to it may benefit from its graces. In

this case, those assigned to proclaim the Word and announce the intentions of the

Prayer of the Faithful must be duly commissioned lectors.

b. Extraordinary Ministers of Holy Communion. In order to show the significance of

the First Holy Eucharist, it is most preferable that the presiding priest, and in

cases where possible, his priest concelebrants distribute communion to the

children who will receive communion. Extraordinary Ministers of Holy

Communion, however, must be present to assist in the distribution of Holy

Communion, particularly to the parents, the teachers and others who are present in

the celebration. A sufficient number must be present to avoid the unnecessary

extension of the celebration.

c. Music Ministry. In order to highlight the importance of this celebration, it is most

preferable that a choir be present in order to lead the community in singing. The

choirs, instrumentalists, and chorale director must consult beforehand with the

100

Music Ministry coordinator of the parish, or with the parish priest regarding the

set of songs that will be used for the Mass. Secular songs or religious songs but

not approved for use in the liturgy must not be sung.

d. The Altar Servers. Either the students or duly commissioned Altar servers from

the parish may assist during the Mass. They must however, display the proper

decorum and add to the holiness of the celebration, and at the same time

participate actively with the community. They are to stay in their designated

places at all times except when they are performing their respective duties and

functions.

e. Ushers, greeters, and collectors. As with the emhc‟s, there must be a sufficient

number of ushers and greeters to assist in welcoming the faithful or in arranging

the seats for those participating in the celebration. The faculty members and staff,

or catechists must assist especially in maintaining order and discipline among the

students if necessary.

On the Individual Parts of the Celebration

1. There is no place in the celebration for “symbolic offerings.” During the presentation of

the gifts, only the following are to be brought in procession: gifts for the poor or the

church; monetary donations for the church‟s apostolate; and finally, the bread and wine

which will become the body and blood of Christ. These may be assigned to the children

themselves, to their parents, or even the school‟s administrative staff who are present in

the celebration.

2. The General Intercessions may be freely composed to include the intentions of the

participants in the celebration. These, however, must observe the proper liturgical

principles regarding the faithful‟s prayer.

a. The intentions follow the given pattern:

i. For the needs of the Church (including Church leaders)

ii. For public authorities

iii. For those burdened by any kind of difficulty

iv. For the local community

b. The intentions may include those of the participants in the celebration, the

students and their parents, or the faculty and staff of the school.

c. The theme of the General Intercessions may likewise be based on certain values

highlighted in the Gospel of the day.

d. The intentions of the General Intercession must be composed in a concise, direct,

and intelligent manner.

e. A standard form of the Prayer of the Faithful is included in the ritual provided in

this Book.

3. In the Liturgy of First Holy Eucharist, the renewal of baptismal promises by the children

is not required. This is done when they receive the Sacrament of Confirmation at an age

where they are able to use reason in a more responsible and proactive manner, especially

in the expression of their Christian faith. The Profession of Faith, however, is recited if

the liturgy of the day requires it.

101

Other Considerations

1. The First Holy Eucharist is a celebration that is not meant only for the participating

children, but is a significant event for the parents and other family members as well, and

they are not simply spectators and observers. Hence, it is necessary to invite them

beforehand to prepare spiritually as well, and not only their children. This will be a good

opportunity to lead by example.

2. It is preferable to have an official photographer to take pictures of the children as they

receive holy communion for the very first time. Even though the parents are not

prohibited from bringing their own cameras to the celebration, it often becomes a big

distraction when they begin crowding near the sanctuary to take photos, and ultimately

makes the celebration lose its solemnity and dignity.

3. It is highly recommended that the children who are about to receive Holy Communion

wear white clothes as a reminder of their baptismal dignity. Girls are no longer required

to wear veils over their heads. Otherwise, the school uniform may be used. The children

also are not required to kneel as they receive Holy Communion. Moreover, it is

preferable that the children receive the Body of Christ using their tongue and not their

hands.

102

THE LITURGY

INTRODUCTORY RITES

When the people have assembled and everything is prepared, the celebrant and other

ministers walk from the door of the church to the sanctuary. Meanwhile the assembly sings the entrance hymn.

Entrance Procession

Greeting

Priest: In the name of the Father, and of the Son,


People: Amen.

Priest: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and

the communion of the Holy Spirit be with you all.

Or:

The Lord be with you.

Or, if the bishop presides:

Peace be with you.


Introduction

The presider introduces the Mass with the following or similar words:

Priest: Dear brothers and sisters,

we gather here today in thankful praise

for the gift these children are about to receive,

the Body of our Lord Jesus Christ.

We pray that they may grow once again in their faith

and strength in the Bread that came down from heaven.

Penitential Rite

Priest: Let us acknowledge our sins,


103


say together:






Striking their breast







Priest: May almighty God have mercy on us,



People: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison

Priest: Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Christ, have mercy.




Gloria

The Gloria is sung only if prescribed by the liturgy of the day.






104











with the Holy Spirit,

in the glory of God the Father.

Amen.

Collect

Priest: Let us pray.


O God,

who have accomplished the work of human redemption

through the Paschal Mystery

of Your Only Begotten Son,

graciously grant that we, who confidently proclaim,

under sacramental signs,

the Death and Resurrection of Christ,

may experience continued increase of Your saving grace.


who lives and reigns with You in the unity of the Holy Spirit,


People: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm

Second Reading (on Sundays and Solemnities)


Gospel

Homily

105

Profession of Faith

The Profession of Faith is recited on Sundays and Solemnities.

People: I believe in God,

the Father almighty,

Creator of heaven and earth,

and in Jesus Christ, His only Son, our Lord,

at the words that follow, up to and including the Virgin Mary, all bow.

who was conceived by the Holy Spirit,

born of the Virgin Mary,

suffered under Pontius Pilate,

was crucified, died and was buried;

He descended into hell;

on the third day He rose again from the dead;

He ascended into heaven,

and is seated at the right hand of God the Father almighty;

from there He will come to judge the living and the dead.

I believe in the Holy Spirit,

the holy catholic Church,

the communion of saints,

the forgiveness of sins,

the resurrection of the body,

and life everlasting. Amen.


Presider: The Lord is kind and merciful. He hears the prayers of those who call to him with

all their hearts. In our need, let us ask him:

Lord, graciously hear our prayer.

Reader: For our Holy Mother, the Church, that as the Body of Christ, she may remain

intimately united with the Lord, and become a witness to the goodness of God

though her works of mercy and love. Let us pray to the Lord.

For the leaders of the Church, especially our Holy Father, Pope N., all bishops,

priests, and deacons, that through their pastoral ministry, they may become

reflections of Jesus, the Good Shepherd. Let us pray to the Lord.

For all governments and their leaders, that they may exercise true authority by

their willingness to serve their constituents with humility and genuine concern for

their welfare. Let us pray to the Lord.

106

For the children who are about to receive Holy Communion for the first time, that

they may obtain spiritual nourishment through the Body of Christ, and may grow

constantly in love of Jesus and the Church. Let us pray to the Lord.

For the children‟s parents, teachers, and guardians, that they may accompany

them with genuine love and become models of true Christian living in all their

words and actions. Let us pray to the Lord.

For those who have gone before us marked with the sign of faith, that they may

enjoy blessed repose in the vision of the Most High. Let us pray to the Lord.

Presider: God our Father, you gave us your Son to be the food of everlasting life. Grant us

the grace to obtain your mercy and fill our lives with your love. Through Christ

our Lord.

People: Amen.




there are offerings to be brought forward, some of the assembly march in procession

from the entrance of the Church to the sanctuary in the following order: first, those

bringing fruits or other similar offerings, then the faithful carrying the wine, and finally the faithful carrying the bread. They are received at the base of the sanctuary by the

Priest. The choir and assembly sing appropriate songs.

If there is no procession with the gifts, the altar is prepared in the usual way by the Priest

and some other ministers. The choir may sing appropriate songs.



The Priest, standing at the altar, takes the paten with the bread and holds it slightly raised above the altar with both hands, saying in a low voice:

Priest: Blessed are You, Lord God of all creation,






If, however, the Offertory Chant is not sung, the Priest may speak these words aloud; at


107


The Deacon, or the Priest, pours wine and a little water into the chalice, saying quietly:

Priest: By the mystery of this water and wine



The Priest then takes the chalice and holds it slightly raised above the altar with both

hands, saying in a low voice:







If, however, the Offertory Chant is not sung, the Priest may speak these words aloud; at the end, the people may acclaim:


After this, the Priest, bowing profoundly, says quietly:

Priest: With humble spirit and contrite heart




If appropriate, he also incenses the offerings, the cross, and the altar. A Deacon or other

minister then incenses the Priest and the people:

Then the Priest, standing at the side of the altar, washes his hands, saying quietly:

Priest: Wash me, O Lord, from my iniquity




Priest: Pray, brothers and sisters,




108





Priest: Celebrating the memorial of our salvation,

we humbly beseech Your mercy, O Lord,

that this Sacrament of Your loving kindness

may be for us the sign of unity and the bond of charity.


People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

Preface I of the Most Holy Eucharist:

The Sacrifice and the Sacrament of Christ

Priest: The Lord be with you.


Priest: Lift up your hearts.


Priest: Let us give thanks to the Lord our God.


Priest: It is truly right and just, our duty and our salvation,




For He is the true and eternal Priest,

who instituted the pattern of an everlasting sacrifice

and was the first to offer Himself as the saving Victim,

commanding us to make this offering as His memorial.

As we eat His flesh that was sacrificed for us,

we are made strong,

and, as we drink His Blood that was poured out for us,

we are washed clean.

109

And so, with Angels and Archangels,

with Thrones and Dominions,

and with all the hosts of Powers of heaven,

as we sing the hymn of Your glory

without end we acclaim:








The priest, with hands extended, says:

Priest: You are indeed holy, O Lord,






together, saying:



He joins his hands. In the formulas that follow, the words of the Lord should be pronounced clearly and distinctly, as







He bows slightly.

110





adoration. After this, he continues:






He bows slightly.








Then he says:



The people stand. The people stand and say or sing the memorial acclamation.







Then the priest, with hands extended, says:

111

Priest: Therefore, as we celebrate













and all the clergy.











He joins his hands.


Final Doxology

The priest holds aloft the paten with bread and chalice and alone, or with concelebrating priests if there are any, and sings or says the final doxology. No other ministers, and the

congregation are to join in this proclamation.

Priest: THROUGH HIM, AND WITH HIM, AND IN HIM,

O GOD ALMIGHTY FATHER,



FOR EVER AND EVER.

People: Amen.

112

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer

Priest: At the Savior‟s command


we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







Embolism

Priest: Deliver us, Lord, we pray, from every evil,








Invitation to Peace

Priest: Lord Jesus Christ,








People: Amen.

Priest: The peace of the Lord be with you always

113


Priest: Let us offer each other the sign of peace.


communion, and charity. The Priest gives the sign of peace to a Deacon or minister.


Then the Priest takes the host, breaks it over the paten, and places a small piece in the


Priest: May this mingling of the Body and Blood





have mercy on us.


have mercy on us.


grant us peace.



Preparation to Communion

Then the Priest, with hands joined, says quietly:

Priest: Lord Jesus Christ, Son of the living God,








The Priest genuflects, take the host and holding it slightly raised above the paten or


Priest: Behold the Lamb of God,



114





The Priest, facing the altar, says quietly:

Priest: May the Body of Christ




Priest: May the Blood of Christ



Communion

While communion is being distributed, the choir may sing some appropriate Eucharistic songs.

When the distribution of Communion is over, the Priest or Deacon or an acolyte purifies

the paten over the chalice and also the chalice itself.

While he carries out the purification, the Priest says quietly:

Priest: What has passed our lips as food, O Lord,

may we possess in purity of heart,

that what has been given to us in time

may be our healing for eternity.

Then the Priest may return to the chair. If appropriate, a sacred silence may be observed for a while, or a psalm or other canticle of praise or a hymn may be sung.

The people stand as the Priest sings or recites the Post-Communion Prayer.

115




May sharing at the heavenly table

sanctify us, Lord, we pray,

so that through the Body and Blood of Christ

the whole family of believers may be bound together.


People: Amen.

CONCLUDING RITE

Final Blessing



Priest: Bow your heads and pray for God‟s blessing.

May Your people receive Your holy blessing,

O Lord, we pray, and, by that gift,

spurn all that would harm them

and obtain what they desire.



Priest: And may almighty God bless you, the Father,


People: Amen.

Dismissal

Priest: Go in peace, glorifying the Lord by Your life.


116

PAGDIRIWANG NG MISA NG UNANG PAKIKINABANG

PASIMULA

Kapag nagkatipon na ang sambayanan at ang lahat ay nakahanda, ang pari at kasamang

mga tagapaglingkod ay maglalakad mula sa pintuan ng simbahan patungo sa dambana.

Samantala ay aawitin ang pambungad na awit.

Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati

Pagdating sa dambana, ang pari ay magbibigay galang sa altar at tutungo sa kanyang upuan kung saan kanyang sisimulan ang pagdiriwang.

Pari: Sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang pagpapala ng ating Panginoong Hesukristo,

ang pag-ibig ng Diyos Ama,

at ang pakikipagkaisa ng Espiritu Santo

nawa‟y sumainyong lahat.

O kaya:

Sumainyo ang Panginoon.


Pambungad na Paliwanag

Ang pari ay makapagbibigay ng maikling paliwanag tungkol sa buod ng Misang

ipagdiriwang

Pari: Ngayon ay isang mapagpalang araw para sa ating lahat lalo na

para sa mga batang tatanggap ng unang Komunyon. Noong tayo‟y bininyagan

tayo ay napabilang sa pamilya ng Diyos. At dahil tayo ay pamilya ng Diyos,

bibigyan tayo ngayon ni Hesus ng natatanging tanda ng Kanyang buhay na

pagmamahal. Siya ay mananahan sa atin sa pamamagitan ng Kanyang Katawan

at Dugo.

Pagsisisi

Pari: Mga kapatid, aminin natin ang ating mga kasalanan


117

Magkakaroon ng sandaling katahimikan para sa pag-amin ng sala.





sa isip, sa salita, sa gawa


Kaya isinasamo ko

Mahal na Birheng Maria,




Pari: Kaawaan tayo ng makapangyarihang Diyos,



Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison

Pari: Panginoon, kaawaan Mo kami.


Pari: Kristo, kaawaan Mo kami.




Papuri sa Diyos

Kapag nakatakda, aawitin o darasalin ang Papuri.

118


Pari: Manalangin tayo.



nilubos Mo ang pagtubos sa sangkatauhan

sa Pasko ng Pagkamatay at Pagkabuhay ng Anak Mong mahal.

Ipagkaloob Mong sa pagpapahayag naming si Kristo ay namatay

at si Kristo ay muling nabuhay

patuloy naming madama ang dulot Mong kaligtasan



Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Ikalawang Pagbasa (kung Linggo at mga Pagdiriwang ng Misa alinsunod sa minimithing

patungkulan)


Mabuting Balita

Pangaral


Kasunod ng pangaral, ang pagpapahayag ng pananampalataya kapag ito ay nakatakda.

Bayan: Sumasampalataya ako

sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat,

na may gawa ng langit at lupa.

Sumasampalataya ako kay Hesukristo,

iisang Anak ng Diyos, Panginoon nating lahat.

Sa mga susunod na salita hanggang sa “Santa Mariang Birhen”, ang lahat ay yuyuko

Nagkatawang-tao Siya lalang ng Espiritu Santo,

ipinanganak ni Santa Mariang Birhen.

Pinagpakasakit ni Poncio Pilato,

ipinako sa krus, namatay, inilibing.

Nanaog sa kinaroroonan ng mga yumao.

119

Nang may ikatlong araw nabuhay na mag-uli.

Umakyat sa langit.

Naluluklok sa kanan ng Diyos

Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat.

Doon magmumulang paririto

at huhukom sa nangabubuhay at nangamatay na tao.

Sumasampalataya naman ako

sa Diyos Espiritu Santo,




sa pagkabuhay na muli ng nangamatay na tao

at sa buhay na walang hanggan.

Amen.

Panalangin ng Bayan

Pari: Ang Diyos ay lubhang mahabagin at may dakilang kapangyarihan. Kanyang

kinalulugdan ang mga tumatawag sa kanya nang buong puso at pagtitiwala. Sa

ating mga kahilingan, ating itutugon:

Panginoon, dinggin mo ang aming panalangin

Namumuno: Para sa Inang Simbahan, na bilang katawan ni Kristo, upang siya ay manatiling

kaisa ng Diyos, at maging saksi sa kanyang kabutihan sa pamamagitan ng mga

pagkilos na puno ng awa at pagmamahal. Manalanging tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Para sa mga pastol ng Simbahan, sa pamumuno ni Papa Francisco, lahat ng mga

Obispo, pari at diyakono, upang sa kanilang paglilingkod ay masalamin sa kanila

ang puso ng Mabuting Pastol, ang ating Panginoong Hesukristo. Manalangin tayo

sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga pamahalaan at lahat ng mga namumuno dito, upang sila ay matapat

na maglingkod sa mga pangangailangan ng lahat ng mga taon nasa kanilang

pangangalaga, at huwag abusuhin ang kanilang kapangyarihan. Manalangin tayo

sa Pangioon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga batang tatanggap ng Banal na Komunyon sa unang pagkakataon,

upang sila ay makatanggap ng biyayang espiritwal sa pamamagitan ng Katawan

ni Kristo, at patuloy na lumago sa pagmahahal sa Diyos at sa kapwa. Manalangin

tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

120

Para sa mga magulang, tagapaguro at mga tagapagsubaybay sa mga batang ito,

upang kanilang samahan nang may tapat na pagmamahal at pagmamalasakit ang

mga bata at maging mga tunay na halimbawwa ng maka-Kristiyanong

pamumuhay. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga mahal nating yumao, upang sila ay tanggapin sa kaharian ng Diyos,

at magkamit ng walang hanggang kapayapaan at kaligayahan. Manalangin tayo

sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Pari: Ama naming mapagmahal, isinugo mo ang Iyong Anak sa amin bilang Pagkaing

nagbibigay buhay. Ipagkaloob mo sa amin ang Iyong pagpapala upang aming

maramdaman ang Iyong habag at pagmamahal. Sa Pamamagitan ni Kristong

aming Panginoon

Lahat: Amen


Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Mauuna ang mga may dala ng iba’t ibang alay

para sa Simbahan o sa mga nangangailangan, at sa kahulihan ay ang tinapay at alak. Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng mga tagapaglingkod ang telang patungan ng Katawan

ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa ibabaw ng dambana.

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang pari sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawakan niya ang pinggan ng

tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:

Pari: Kapuri-puri Ka, Diyos Amang Lumikha sa sanlibutan.





Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay madarasal ng

malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:


Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis habang dinarasal ng

pabulong:

Pari: Sa paghahalong ito ng alak at tubig



121

Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis ng bahagyang nakaangat sa

dambana habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:









Pakatapos, yuyuko ang pari habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:

Pari: Diyos Amang Lumikha, nakikiusap kaming mga makasalanan.



Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng pari ang mga alay at ang dambana; pagkaraa’y

iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang pari at ang mga nagsisimba.

Pagkatapos, ang pari’y pupunta sa gilid ng dambana, maghuhugas siya ng mga kamay


Pari: O Diyos kong minamahal,

kasalanan ko’y hugasan




Pari: Manalangin kayo, mga kapatid,


ng Diyos Amang makapangyarihan.






122



lahat ng nangyayari sa aming buhay

ay nasa iyong panukala

kaya‟t tanggapin mo ang mga alay namin at pithaya

para sa mga kapatid naming sa sakit ay nagdaralita

upang sa kanilang ipinangangamba sila‟y makalaya

at magkamit ng kagalingang hangad nilang pagpapala

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo kasama ng Espiritu Santo


Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo sa Huling Hapunan:

Ang paghahain at papakikinabang na itinatag ni Kristo



Pari: Itaas sa Diyos ang inyong puso at diwa.


Pari: Pasalamatan natin ang Panginoong ating Diyos.



tunay ngang marapat na Ikaw ay aming pasalamatan

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo na aming Panginoon.

Siya ang talagang dakila at lagi Mong ikinalulugod

na paring naghahain para sa sansinukob

nitong pag-aalay na tangi Mong ibinukod.

Ang pagdiriwang sa Huling Hapuna‟y

paghahain Niya para sa tanan

upang alalahanin nami‟t pagsaluhan.

Ang laman Niya‟y inihain

upang ang lahat ay buhayin.

Ang dugo Niya‟y dumanak

nang lahat ay mapatawad.

123





Sanctus




ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!



Osana sa kaitaasan!

Nakalahad ang mga kamay ng pari sa pagdarasal.

Pari: Ama naming banal, ikaw ang bukal ng tanang kabanalan.

Pagdadaupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay at saka lulukuban ang mga alay habang

siya’y nagdarasal.



Muling pagdadaupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay, at saka kukrusan tinapay at alak

habang kanyang dinarasal.







Hahawakan ng pari ang tinapay nang bahagyang nakataas sa ibabaw ng dambana




iniabot sa kanyang mga alagad

at sinabi:

124

Bahagyang yuyuko ang pari.







Hahawakan ng pari ang kalis at bahagyang itataas sa dambana, habang kanyang





at sinabi:

Bahagyang yuyuko ang pari:








Ipapamalas niya ang kalis na may lamang alak na itinalagang maging Dugo ni Kristo,

saka ilalapag sa dambana, at luluhod siya bilang pagsamba.


Pagbubunyi




O kaya:


aming ipinahahayag.


ay ipinagdiriwang


125

Ilalahad ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay samantalang siya ay nagdarasal:

Pari: Ama,














Ama,






















126

Hahawakan ng pari ang pinggang may ostia at ang kalis na kapwa niyang itataas

habang kanyang ipinapahayag:

Pari: SA PAMAMAGITAN NI KRISTO,

KASAMA NIYA, AT SA KANYA





Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin

Pari: Sa tagubilin ng mga nakagagaling na utos






Sundin ang loob Mo









Pari: Hinihiling naming











127


Pari: Panginoong Hesukristo,









Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang kapayapaan ng Panginoon ay laging sumainyo.


Pari: Magbigayan kayo ng kapayapaan sa isa‟t isa.


ng kapayapaan. Ang pari at mga tagapaglingkod ay makapagbibigayan ng kapayapaan.

Paghahati-hati ng Tinapay

Pagkatapos, hahawakan ng pari ang ostiya at hahati-hatiin niya ito sa ibabaw ng


Pari: Sa pagsasawak na ito




Samantalang ginaganap ang paghahati-hati sa ostiya, aawitin o darasalin ang pagluhog na ito.



maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,



128




Magkadaop ang mga kamay ng pari sa pabulong na pagdarasal:

Pari: Panginoong Hesukristo, Anak ng Diyos na buhay,







O kaya:

Ang pakikinabang sa Katawan at Dugo Mo, Panginoong Hesukristo,

ay huwag nawang magdulot ng paghuhukom

at parusa sa kasalanan ko.

Alang-alang sa Iyong dakilang pag-ibig

nawa‟y aking matanggap

ang pagkupkop Mo sa akin at kaloob Mong lunas.

Luluhod ang pari at pagtayo niya’y kanyang hahawakan ang ostiya na itataas sa ibabaw ng pinggan. Paharap sa mga tao siyang magsasabi nang malakas:

Pari: Ito ang Kordero ng Diyos.





Siya’y makikinabang ng magalang at nakayuko sa dambana habang pabulong na

nagdarasal:

Pari: Ipagsanggalang nawa ako ng Katawan ni Kristo



Pagkatapos, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis at pabulong na magdarasal:

Pari: Ipagsanggalang nawa ako ng Dugo ni Kristo


129


Pakikinabang

Samantalang nakikinabang ang pari, sisimulan ang awit sa pakikinabang.

Pagkapakinabang, ang mga mumo ng ostiya na nasa pinggan ay titipunin sa kalis na

huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari, pabulong siyang magdarasal:





Makababalik ngayon sa upuan ang pari. Makapag-uukol ng ilang saglit na katahimikan

o makaaawit ng papuri o salmo.







kami nawa‟y pabanalin naming pagkikinabang

upang kami‟y gawing magkakaugnay

ng pagsasalo sa Katawa‟t Dugo ni Hesukristo

sa pamamagitan din Niya kasama ng Espiritu Santo


Bayan: Amen.

PAGTATAPOS



130

PAGBABASBAS

Pari: Magsiyuko kayo samantalang iginagawad ang pagpapala.

Ilalahad ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay sa mga tao habang nananalangin.

Ama naming magpagpala,

ipagkaloob Mong makilala ng Iyong bayan

ang ipinahayag na sinasampalatayanan

at mahalin ang tinanggap sa pagdiriwang

na banal na pakikinabang



Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Pagpalain kayo ng makapangyarihang Diyos,

Ama, at Anak, at Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas

Pari: Taglayin ninyo sa inyong pag-alis ang kapayapaan ni Kristo.


131

SACRAMENT OF

MATRIMONY

132

THE RITE OF CELEBRATING MARRIAGE WITHIN MASS

Solemn Entrance of the Bridal Couple

Entourage Procession

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Hymn

Entrance Antiphon (To be recited if no Entrance Hymn)

A. Cf. Psalm 20 (19): 3, 5

May the Lord send you help from the holy place

and give you support from Sion.

May He grant you your hearts‟ desire,

and fulfill every one of your designs (E.T. alleluia).

Greeting

Priest: In the name of the Father, and the Son,

and the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.



Introduction

The priest may very briefly introduce the faithful to the Mass with the following or

similar words:

Priest: God is love and has, in some mysterious way, drawn you together in love.

But He leaves you free to make that love grow or to let it wither and die.

The Lord will help you to forge a future for your love,

if you do your share, when you stand to the commitment

to love and honor one another in good times and in bad,

in poverty and plenty, in sickness and in health,

for better or for worse, in that covenant which you are about to seal.

Insert it into that other covenant which we celebrate

in each celebration of the Mass.

133

Penitential Rite




say together:
















People: Amen.

Other forms of the penitential rite, as described in the Roman Missal, may also be used.

After the formula of general confession and absolution, the choir may sing the Kyrie

Eleison, or the presider may lead the assembly.

Kyrie Eleison







134

Gloria

The Gloria is said or sung only if prescribed by particular circumstances.













For You alone are the Holy One, You alone are the Lord,

You alone are the Most High, Jesus Christ,with the Holy Spirit,

in the glory of God the Father. Amen.

Collect



Be attentive to our prayers, O Lord,

and in Your kindness uphold

what You have established for the increase of the human race,

so that the union You have created

may be kept safe by Your assistance.




Or:

O God, who is creating the human race

willed that man and wife should be one,

join, we pray, in a bond of inseparable love

these Your servants who are to be united in the covenant of Marriage,

so that, as You make their love fruitful,

they may become, by Your grace, witnesses to charity itself.




People: Amen.

135

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm

Second Reading


Gospel

Homily

THE RITE OF MARRIAGE

The Ligthing of the Candles

At the start of the nuptial rites, designated sponsors come forward and light the candles

beside the bridegroom and bride.

Allocution

Priest: Dearly beloved N. and N.,

you are here today to seal your love

with an eternal bond before the Church.

I assure you of the prayers of our community

that God may pour His abundant blessings on your love

and help you to carry out the duties of the married state.

The priest addresses the community.

And you, dear brothers and sisters,

may I ask you to help them with your prayers

and accept them as a new couple in our Christian community.

Scrutiny

Priest: May I now ask you to answer truthfully the following questions.

To the bride:

Priest: N., did you come here of your own free will

to bind yourself forever in the love and service of your husband?

Bride: Yes, Father.

To the bridegroom:


to bind yourself forever in the love and service of your wife?

136

Bridegroom: Yes, Father.

To both:

Priest: Are you ready to raise as good Christians

the children whom God will give you?

Couple: Yes, Father.

Exchange of Consent

Priest: N. and N., since you wish to contract Holy Matrimony,

please join your right hands

and express your intention before God and His Church.

The bridegroom and bride join their right hands and face each other.

To the bride:

Priest: N., do you take N., here present, for your lawful husband,

according to the rites of our Holy Mother, the Church?

Bride: Yes, I do.

Priest: Do you give yourself to him as his wife?

Bride: Yes, I do.

Priest: Do you accept him as your lawful husband?

Bride: Yes, I do.

To the bridegroom:

Priest: N., do you take N., here present, for your lawful wife


Bridegroom: Yes, I do.

Priest: Do you give yourself to her as her husband?


Priest: Do you accept her as your lawful wife?


137

Priest: Now, please say together with (or after) me.

The couple says together with the priest or after him:

Couple: Grant us, O Lord to be one heart and one soul

from this day forward,

for better or for worse,

for richer or for poorer,

in sickness and in health,

until death do us part.

Confirmation of the Marriage Bond

Priest: And I, by the authority of the Church,

calling to all here present as witnesses,

confirm and bless the bond of marriage

which you have contracted.

In the name of the Father , and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.

Blessing of the Arrhae and Rings

Priest: N. and N., we shall now bless your arrhae and rings.

Our help is in the name of the Lord.

People: Who made heaven and earth.


Bless, O Lord, your servants, N. and N.,

with sufficiency of material possessions

which these arrhae symbolize

so that they may use them to attain eternal life,


People: Amen.

The priest sprinkles the arrhae with holy water.

Priest: Bless, O Lord, these rings

so that your servants, N. and N., who wear them

may ever live in mutual love and in unbroken loyalty,


Or:

138

Lord, bless these rings which we bless in Your name.

Grant that those who wear them

may always have a deep faith in each other.

May they do Your will

and always live together in peace, good will and love.


People: Amen.

The priest sprinkles the rings with holy water.

Giving of the Wedding Rings and Arrhae

The priest picks up the bride’s ring and hands it over to the bridegroom. The bridegroom takes the ring and while placing it on the ring finger of the bride’s right hand, he says the

following words:

Bridegroom: N., wear this ring as a symbol of my love and loyalty,

in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

The priest picks up the bridegroom’s ring and hands it over to the bride. The bride takes the ring and while placing it on the ring finger of the bridegroom’s right hand, she says

the following words:

Bride: N., wear this ring as a symbol of my love and loyalty,


The priest placers the arrhae into the hands of the bridegroom who gives it to his bride

while saying the following words:

Bridegroom: N., I give you these arrhae

as a pledge of my dedication to your welfare and of the children

whom God will give to us.

In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

The bride receives the arrhae while saying the following words:

Bride: And I accept them.

At this point, the priest presents the newly married couple to the community who may

greet them with gestures of welcome and applause.

139

Profession of Faith

The Profession of Faith is recited on Sundays and Solemnities. Otherwise, the Liturgy of

the Word continues with the Prayers of the Faithful. The people stand.

The Prayers of the Faithful

Priest: Dearly beloved, let us now pray for the Church, and for our newly wedded couple

whose marriage reflects her union with Christ. For every prayer, let us say:

Lord, graciously hear us.

Reader: For the holy Church spread over the world, for its shepherds, especially the Pope,

the bishops, priests and deacons, that they may continue to become channels and

worthy dispensers of God‟s graciousness for all. Let us pray to the Lord.

For the leaders of governments, that they may promote justice, equality and

peace, as well as the just distribution of the goods of the earth according to the

values of God‟s heavenly kingdom. Let us pray to the Lord.

For those burdened by difficulties, whether physical, emotional, or spiritual, that

they may receive God‟s manifold graces through the goodness of their neighbors.


For N. and N., that they may grow in mutual love and respect as a newly wedded

couple in our community.

For all Christian couples and Christian families, that they may continue to be the

salt of the earth and the light of the world. Let us pray to the Lord.

For all of us gathered here, that we may continue to respond to the call of Christ

to spread his kingdom throughout the earth. Let us pray to the Lord.

Priest: Almighty, eternal God,

look down with favor upon your servants.

Grant them to remain faithful to you and to one another.

At the end of a long and well-spent life,

reward them with eternal happiness

together with their children

and with all those who love them.


People: Amen.

140




there are offerings to be brought forward, some of the assembly march in procession from the entrance of the Church to the sanctuary in the following order: first, those

bringing fruits or other similar offerings, then the faithful carrying the wine, and finally

the faithful carrying the bread. They are received at the base of the sanctuary by the Priest. The choir and assembly sing appropriate songs.

If there is no procession with the gifts, the altar is prepared in the usual way by the Priest




The Priest, standing at the altar, takes the paten with the bread and holds it slightly






it will become for us the bread of life. Then he places the paten with the bread on the corporal.















141














The Placing of Nuptial Symbols

Designated sponsors come forward to place, first the veil over the husband’s shoulder

and the wife’s head, followed by the cord over the couple.











Priest: Receive, we pray, O Lord,

the offering made on the occasion

of this sealing of the sacred bond of Marriage,

and, just as Your goodness is its origin,

may Your providence guide its course.


142

People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

The Dignity of the Marriage Covenant

Preface


People: And also with you.







Lord, holy Father, almighty and eternal God.

For You have forged the covenant of marriage

as a sweet yoke of harmony

and an unbreakable bond of peace,

so that chaste and fruitful love of holy Matrimony

may serve to increase the children You adopt as Your own.

By Your providence and grace, O Lord,

You accomplish the wonder of this twofold design:

that, while the birth of children brings beauty to the world,

their rebirth in Baptism gives increase to the Church,


Through Him, with the Angels and all the Saints,

we sing the hymn of Your praise,

as without end we acclaim:







143









together, saying:



He joins his hands. In the formulas that follow, the words of the Lord should be pronounced clearly and distinctly, as







He bows slightly.




He shows the consecrated host to the people, places it again on the paten, and genuflects in adoration.







144

He bows slightly.








Then he says:


The people stand for the Memorial Acclamation.






















and all the clergy.

145











He joins his hands.


Final Doxology

The priest holds aloft the paten with bread and chalice and alone, or with concelebrating

priests if there are any, and sings or says the final doxology. No other ministers, and the






FOR EVER AND EVER.

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer



we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







146

The Nuptial Blessing

After the Our Father, the prayer Deliver us is omitted. The priest, standing and facing

the bride and bridegroom, invokes upon them God’s blessing, and this is never omitted.

In the invitation, if one or both of the spouses will not be receiving Communion, the

words in parenthesis are omitted. In the prayer, the words in parenthesis, may be

omitted if it seems that circumstances suggest it, for example, if the bride the bridegroom are advanced in years.

The bride and bridegroom approach the altar or, if appropriate, they remain at their place and kneel.

The Priest, with hands joined, calls upon those present to pray, saying:

Priest: Dear brothers and sisters,

let us humbly pray to the Lord

that on these His servants, now married in Christ,

He may mercifully pour out the blessing of His grace

and make of one heart in love

(by the Sacrament of Christ‟s Body and Blood)

those He has joined by a holy covenant.

And all pray in silence for a while.

Then the Priest, with hands extended over the bride and the bridegroom, continues:

O God, who by Your mighty power

created all things out of nothing,

and, when You had set in place

the beginnings of the universe,

formed man and woman in Your own image,

making the woman an inseparable helpmate to the man,

that they might no longer be two, but one flesh,

and taught that what You were pleased to make one

must never be divided;

O God, who consecrated the bond of Marriage

by so great a mystery

that in the wedding covenant You foreshadowed

the Sacrament of Christ and His Church;

O God, by whom woman is joined to man

and the companionship they had in the beginning

is endowed with the one blessing

not forfeited by original sin

nor washed away by the flood.

147

Look now with favor on these Your servants,

joined together in Marriage,

who ask to be strengthened by Your blessing.

Send down on them the grace of the Holy Spirit

and pour Your love into their hearts,

that they may remain faithful in the Marriage covenant.

May the grace of love and peace

abide in Your daughter, (N.),

and let her always follow the example of those holy women

whose praises are sung in the Scriptures.

May her husband entrust his heart to her,

so that, acknowledging her as his equal

and his joint heir to the life of grace,

he may show he due honor

and cherish her always

with the love that Christ has for His Church.

And now, Lord, we implore You:

may these Your servants

hold fast to the faith and keep Your commandments;

made one in the flesh,

may they be blameless in all they do;

and with the strength that comes from the Gospel,

may they bear true witness to Christ before all;

(may they be blessed with children,

and prove themselves virtuous parents,

who live to see their children‟s children).

And grant that, reaching at last together the fullness of years

for which they hope, they may come to the life of the blessed

in the Kingdom of heaven.


People: Amen.

Invitation to Peace









People: Amen.

148






Then the bride and bridegroom and all present offer one another a sign, in keeping with

local customs, that expresses peace, communion and charity. The Priest gives the sign of

peace to a Deacon or minister.


Then the Priest takes the host, breaks it over the paten, and places a small piece in the chalice, saying quietly:






have mercy on us.


have mercy on us.


grant us peace.



Preparation to Communion










149


















Communion


songs.

Communion Antiphon (To be recited if no Communion Hymn)

Ephesians 5:25, 27

Christ loved the Church and handed Himself over for Her,

to present Her as a holy and spotless bride for Himself (E.T. alleluia).


the paten over the chalice and also the chalice itself. Meanwhile the veil and cord on the

couple are removed by the secondary sponsors.






150

Then the Priest may return to the chair. If appropriate, a sacred silence may be observed

for a while, or a psalm or other canticle of praise or a hymn may be sung.

Then the Priest sings or recites the Post-Communion Prayer.




By the power of this sacrifice, O Lord,

accompany with Your loving favor

what is Your providence You have instituted,

so as to make of one heart in love

those You have already joined in this holy union

(and replenished with the one Bread and the one Chalice).


People: Amen.

CONCLUDING RITE

Admonition

Priest: N. and N., now that you have received the Holy Sacrament of

Matrimony, I admonish you to remain faithful to one another.

To the wife;

Priest: N., love your husband and be a good housewife;

persevere in faith and love and holiness.

To the husband;

Priest: N., love your wife as Christ loves His Church

and live with her in the holy fear of the Lord.

Solemn Blessing at the End of the Mass



The Priest, with hands extended over the newly married couple, says:

151


May God the eternal Father

keep you of one heart in love for one another,

that the peace of Christ may dwell in you

and abide always in your home.

People: Amen.

Priest: May you be blessed in your children,

have solace in your friends

and enjoy true peace with everyone.

People: Amen.

Priest: May you be witnesses in the world to God‟s charity,

so that the afflicted and needy who have known your kindness

may one day receive you thankfully

into the eternal dwelling of God.

People: Amen.

And he blesses all the people, adding:

Priest: And may almighty God bless you, who are gathered here,

the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.

Dismissal

Priest: Go in peace, glorifying the Lord by your life.


152

PAGMIMISA UKOL SA SAKRAMENTO NG PAG-IISANG-DIBDIB

Pagpasok ng Ikakasal at Mga Abay

Ang mga katuwang sa pagdiriwang ng pag-iisang dibdib, kabilang ang lalaking ikakasal, ang

kanyang mga magulang, mga ninong at ninang, at iba pang mga abay ay papasok sa simbahan

ayon sa nakatakdang paraan.

Sa bandang huli ay papasok din ang babaeng ikakasal kasabay ang kanyang mga magulang.

PASIMULA

Pambungad na Awit

Pambungad na Antipona

Maaaring dasalin ang antipona kapag walang pamungad na awit.

Salmo 19:3, 5

Ang makalangit na tulong

nawa‟y igawad ng Poon

mula sa templo sa Sion

upang kahyo‟y ipagtanggol,

lingapi‟t bigyan ng dunong (E.T. aleluya).

Pagbati


Bayan: Amen.




Ang pari ay makapagbibigay ng maikling paliwanag tungkol sa buod ng Misang ipagdiriwang

Pari: Mga kapatid, tayo‟y nilikha ng Diyos na kanyang kawangis

at tinawag upang mabuhay sa pamamagitan ng pag-ibig

at para sa pag-ibig.

Ang pangunahing kataga sa pahayag ng Diyos

ay ang kanyang pag-ibig sa kanyang Sambayanan.

Ito ay ipinahahayag sa pag-iibigan nina N. at N..

153

Ang buklod ng pag-ibig ng magkasiang-dibdib

ay siyang larawan at tagapaghiwatig ng tipan

na siyang nag-uugnay sa Diyos at sa Kanyang Sambayanan.

Pagsisisi










Kaya isinasamo ko








Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison







154

Papuri sa Diyos

Kapag nakatakda sa pagdiriwang, aawitin o darasalin ang Papuri sa Diyos

Bayan: Papuri sa Diyos sa kaitaasan

at sa lupa‟y kapayapaan sa mga taong kinalulugdan Niya.

Pinupuri ka namin, dinarangal ka namin,

sinasamba Ka namin, ipinagbubunyi Ka namin,

pinasasalamatan Ka namin, dahil sa dakila Mong angking kapurihan.

Panginoong Diyos, Hari ng langit,

Diyos, Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat.

Panginoong Hesukristo, Bugtong na Anak,

Panginoong Diyos, Kordero ng Diyos, Anak ng Ama.

Ikaw na nag-aalis ng mga kasalanan ng sanlibutan, maawa Ka sa amin.


tanggapin Mo ang aming kahilingan.

Ikaw na naluluklok sa kanan ng Ama,maawa Ka sa amin.

Sapagka‟t Ikaw lamang ang banal, Ikaw lamang ang Panginoon,

Ikaw lamang, O Hesukristo, ang Kataas-taasan, kasama ng Espiritu Santo

sa kadakilaan ng Diyos Ama. Amen.





Iyong itinalaga na ang pag-iisang dibdib

ay maging sagisag ng pag-ibig

ni Kristo sa Kanyang banal na Sambayanan.

Sa pinagdurugtong na buhay nina N. at N.

na ngayo‟y umaako sa banal na tipan ng kasal

nawa‟y mangibabaw ang ipinahahayag nilang pagmamahalan



O kaya:


sa paglikha Mo sa sangkatauhan

niloob Mong ang lalaki‟t babae ay magkaroon ng kaisahan.

Pagbuklurin Mo sina N. at N. sa banal na tipan

ng pagkakaisa at pagmamahalan

upang ang Iyong pinamumunga sa pag-iibigan

ay maging mga katibayan din ng pag-ibig na umiiral



155


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Ikawalang Pagbasa (kapag nakatakda sa pagdiriwang)


Mabuting Balita

Pangaral

ANG PAG-IISANG DIBDIB

Ang lahat ay titindig pati ang mga ikakasal. Sisindihan ang mga kandila sa magkabilang

gilid ng luhuran ng mga ikinakasal. Ang mga sumusunod na pangungusap o anumang

katumbas nito ay ipahahayag ng pari sa ngalan ng Sambayanan ng Diyos.

Pari: Minamahal kong N. at N.,

sa Binyag at Kumpil, nakiisa kayo

sa buhay at pananagutan ng Panginoon,

at sa pagdiriwang ng Huling Hapunan

ay muli‟t muli kayong nakisalo

sa hapag ng Kanyang pagmamahal.

Ngayon naman ay kusang-loob

na kayo‟y dumudulog sa Sambayanang ito

at humihiling ng panalangin

upang ang inyong panghabambuhay na pagbubuklod

ay pagtibayin ng Panginoon.

Ang pari ay babaling sa pamayanan.

At kayo naman, mga kapatid na natitipon ngayon,

ay manalangin para kina N. at N.

at bukas-palad silang tanggapin

bilang magkaisang-dibdib

sa ating Sambayanang Kristiyano.

Ang pari ay maglalahad ng mga katanungan sa mga ikakasal upang kanilang

maipahayag ang kanilang kusang-loob at tapat na pag-ibig sa isa’t isa at ang pagiging

handang tanggapin at hubugin ang kanilang magiging anak. Makahaharap sa bayan ang mga ikakasal hanggang sa pagpapatibay ng kanilang kasal. Kapag sila’y lampas na

sa gulang na pagkakaroon ng anak, malalaktawan ang huling tanong.

156

Pagsusuri

Pari: N. at N., hinihiling ko ngayon

na buong katapatan ninyong ipahayag

ang inyong damdamin sa isa‟t isa.

Para sa babae

Pari: N., bukal ba sa iyong loob ang iyong pagparito

upang makaisang dibdib si N.

na iyong pakamamahalin at paglilingkuran habambuhay?

Babae: Opo, Padre.

Para sa lalaki



na iyong pakamamahalin at paglilingkuran habambuhay?

Lalaki: Opo, Padre.

Lalaktawan ang tanong na sumusunod kapag sila’y lampas na sa gulang ng

pagkakaanak.

Para sa mga ikakasal

Pari: N. at N., nakahanda ba kayong gumanap

sa inyong pananagutan sa Simbahan at sa bayan

na umaasang inyong aarugain ang mga supling

na ipagkakaloob ng Poong Maykapal

upang sila ay inyong palakihin

bilang mabubuting mamamayang Kristiyano?

Magkasintahan: Opo, Padre.

Pagtitipan

Aanyayahan ng pari ang magkasintahan upang ipahayag ang kanilang pagtitipan.


harap ng Diyos at ng Kanyang Sambayanan,

pagdaupin ninyo ang inyong kanang kamay

at ipahayag ninyo ang mithiing magtipan

sa banal na Sakramento ng Kasal.

Magdadaup-palad ang magkasintahan.

157

Tatanungin ng pari ang babae:

Pari: N., sumasang-ayon ka ba

na maging asawa ni N., na naririto ngayon,

alinsunod sa batas at mga alituntunin

ng ating banal na Simbahan?

Babae: Opo, Padre.

Pari: Buong puso ba ang pagkakaloob mo sa kanya

ng iyong sarili bilang kanyang maybahay?

Babae: Opo, Padre.

Pari: Nakalaan ka bang balikatin sa piling niya

ang pananagutan ng buhay mag-asawa?

Babae: Opo, Padre.

Tatanungin ng pari ang lalaki:


na maging maybahay si N., na naririto ngayon,



Lalaki: Opo, Padre.


ng iyong sarili bilang kanyang asawa?

Lalaki: Opo, Padre.



Lalaki: Opo, Padre.

Ang ikalawa at ikatlong tanong ay malalaktawan kapag nakasal na sa hukuman ng pamahalaan ang magkatipan.

Maaari ding isagawa ang pagtitipan sa sumusunod na paraan.



pagdaupin ninyo ang inyong mga palad



158

Magdadaup-palad ang magkasintahan. Sasabihin ng lalaki.

Lalaki: N., sa harap ng Diyos at ng Kanyang sambayanan,

tinitipan kitang maging aking maybahay

sa hirap at ginhawa, sa dusa at ligaya.

Ikaw lamang ang aking iibigin

at itatanging karugtong ng buhay

ngayong at kailanman.

Sasabihin ng babae:

Babae: N., sa harap ng Diyos at ng Kanyang sambayanan,

tinitipan kitang maging aking asawa





Magdarasal ang magkasintahang ikinakasal.

Pari: Ngayon, sabay kayong manalangin.

Magkasintahan:

Ama naming mapagkalinga,

Ama naming tapat,

pagpalain Mo kaming nag-iisang palad;

papagningningin Mo po sa lahat ng oras

ang pagsasamahan naming dalisay at wagas.

Sa puso‟t diwa, lagi sanang magkaisa,

at nawa‟y maging matatag sa hirap at dusa,

sa ginhawa‟t kaligayahan ay magsamahan,

maging tapat sa pag-ibig ngayon at kailanman.

o kaya:

Ama namin,

kami po ay Inyong loobing

magkaisa ng kalooba‟t damdamin

mula ngayon sa kaginhawahan at kahirapan

sa karamdaman at kalusugan

sa lahat ng araw ng aming buhay.

159

Ang ninong at ninang ay tutugon ng kanilang pagsaksi sa pagtitipan:

Ninong at ninang:

Minamahal naming N. at N.,

ang langit at lupa ay saksi sa inyong pagtitipan.

Sa ngalan ng Sambayanan naririto,

kami‟y nagpapatunay na kayo‟y mag-asawa na

sa mata ng Diyos at sa mata ng tao.

Bukas-palad namin kayong tinatanggap

at makaaasa kayo sa aming tangkilik at panalangin.

Pagtitibay sa Kasunduan

Pari: Bilang tagapagpatunay ng Simbahan,

pinagtitibay ko‟t binabasbasan

ang pagtataling-puso na inyong pinagtipan,

sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak,

at ng Espiritu Santo.

Bayan: Amen.

Ang mga ninong at ninang ay maaari nang bumalik sa kanilang mga upuan.

Pagbabasbas ng mga Aras at Singsing

Ang mga aras ay dadalhin sa pari.


Ama naming maawain,

basbasan mo‟t kupkupin

ang Iyong mga lingkod na sina N. at N..

Pagkalooban mo sila ng sapat na kabuhayang

sinasagisag ng mga aras na ito

sa ikapagkakamit ng buhay na walang hanggan.



Bayan: Amen.

Babasbasan ng pari ng banal na tubig ang mga aras.

160

Ang mga singsing ay dadalhin sa pari.



basbasan mo‟t lingapin ang iyong mga lingkod

na sina N. at N..

Pagindapatin mo na silang magsusuot

ng mga singsing na ito

ay maging kawangis mo sa iyong wagas na pag-ibig

at walang maliw na katapatan.



Bayan: Amen.

Babasbasan ng pari ng banal na tubig ang mga singsing.

Pagbibigay ng mga Singsing at Aras

Ibibigay ng pari ang singsing ng babae sa lalaki. Kukunin ng lalaki ang singsing at isusuot sa palasingsingngang daliri ng kanang kamay ng babae habang sinasabi ang

mga sumusunod:

Lalaki: N., kailanma‟y di kita pagtataksilan.

Isuot mo at pakaingatan ang singsing na ito

na siyang tanda ng aking pag-ibig at katapatan.

Sa ngalan ng Ama, at ng Anak,


Amen.

Ibibigay ng pari ang singsing ng lalaki sa babae. Kukunin ng babae ang singsing at isusuot sa palasingsingngang daliri ng kanang kamay ng lalaki habang sinasabi ang mga

sumusunod:

Babae: N., kailanma‟y di kita pagtataksilan.





Amen.

Ilalagay ng pari ang aras sa kamay ng lalaki. Ibibigay ng lalaki ang aras sa babae habang sinasabi ang mga sumusunod:

161

Lalaki: N., kailanma‟y di kita pababayaan.

Inilalagak ko sa iyo itong mga aras

na tanda ng aking pagpapahalaga

at pagkalinga sa kapakanan mo

(at ng ating magiging mga anak).



Amen.

Babae: Tinatanggap ko ito at nangangako akong

magiging iyong katuwang

sa wastong paggamit at pangangasiwa ng ating kabuhayan.

Ang bagong mag-asawa ay maaring iharap ng pari sa sambayanan at batiin anumang

nakatakdang paraan.


Ang pagpapahayag ng pananampalataya ay isasagawa kapag ito ay nakatakda.

Bayan: Sumasampalataya ako

sa Diyos Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat,

na may gawa ng langit at lupa.

Sumasampalataya ako kay Hesukristo,

iisang Anak ng Diyos, Panginoon nating lahat.

Sa mga susunod na salita hanggang sa “Santa Mariang Birhen”, ang lahat ay yuyuko

Nagkatawang-tao Siya lalang ng Espiritu Santo,

ipinanganak ni Santa Mariang Birhen.

Pinagpakasakit ni Poncio Pilato,

ipinako sa krus, namatay, inilibing.

Nanaog sa kinaroroonan ng mga yumao.

Nang may ikatlong araw nabuhay na mag-uli.

Umakyat sa langit.

Naluluklok sa kanan ng Diyos

Amang makapangyarihan sa lahat.

Doon magmumulang paririto

at huhukom sa nangabubuhay at nangamatay na tao.

Sumasampalataya naman ako

sa Diyos Espiritu Santo,




sa pagkabuhay na muli ng nangamatay na tao

at sa buhay na walang hanggan.

Amen.

162

Panalangin ng Bayan

Pari: Mga minamahal kong kapatid,

halinang magkaisa sa pagdalangin sa Diyos

para sa ating mga bagong kasal na sina N. at N.

at para sa buong Simbahan, sanlibutan,

at sa ikapagkakaisa ng tanan.

Isinasamo naming kami’y Iyong dinggin.

Lektor: Para sa buong Kristiyanong Sambayanan upang ito ay umunlad sa pagpapakasakit

araw-araw, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga nagtitiis at nagpapakasakit upang sila‟y tuwangan ng Diyos sa

dinadalang hapis, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa kapayapaan ng buong daigdig upang ang lahat ay makatulong sa

pamumuhay na walang ligalig, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para kina N. at N. na ngayo‟y pinagbuklod sa pag-iisang-dibdib upang sila‟y

mamuhay sa kalusugan at maligtas sa panganib, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

(Tugon)

Para sina N. at N. ay pagpalain sa buklod ng tipan gaya ng pagpapabanal ni Kristo

sa ikinasal sa Cana, Galilea na pinangyarihan ng Kanyang unang kababalaghan,


Para sina N. at N. ay puspusin ng pag-ibig, pagkakasundo at pagtutulungang

matalik, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sina N. at N. ay panatilihing matibay sa katapatan, kasiyahan, at Kristiyanong

pamumuhay, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sina N. at N. at ang lahat ng mag-asawa ay bigyan ng Espiritu santo ng

ibayong pag-ibig at ligaya, manalangin tayo sa Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa lahat ng mga tahanan upang loobin ng Panginoon ang pamamayani ng

kapayapaan sa mga anak at sa kanilang mga magulang, manalangin tayo sa

Panginoon. (Tugon)

Para sa mga kaaptid nating yumao sa kabilang buhay upang sila‟y lumigaya sa

piging ng pag-iisang-dibdib ni Kristo sa Simbahan, manalangin tayo sa

Panginoon. (Tugon)

163


kaawaan Mo sina N. at N.

at pagbigyan sa kahilingang magkamit ng Iyong kaloob

sa ikapagkakaisa sa pagmamahal

at sa ikapagkakaroon ng ligaya sa kalangitan

kaisa ng kanilang (mga supling at) mga mahal sa buhay



Bayan: Amen.


Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng

mga tagapaglingkod ang telang patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang

kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa ibabaw ng dambana.

Samantala, maaaring ilagay ng mga abay ang belo at kordon sa bagong mag-asawa

habang sila’y nakaluhod sa harap ng dambana.

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang pari sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawaka niya ang

pinggan ng tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya nang pabulong:






Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay madarasal nang malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:


Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis habang

dinarasal nang pabulong:




164

Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis ng bahagyang







Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay madarasal nang malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:


Pakatapos, yuyuko ang pari habang dinarasal niya nang pabulong:



upang kami‟y matutong sumunod sa Iyo nang buong puso.

Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng pari ang mga alay at ang dambana; pagkaraa’y iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang pari at ang mga

nagsisimba.




kasalanan ko‟y hugasan












165



Iyong pagdamutan at tanggapin an gaming handog

para sa pag-iisang dibdib nina N. at N..

Ang pag-ibig Mong kanilang tinataglay

ay loobin Mong kanilang miahandog sa Iyo

sa kanilang pagmamahalan araw-araw



Bayan: Amen.


PAGBUBUNYI O PREPASYO:

Ang Dangal ng Tipan ng Pag-iisang Dibdib








tunay ngang marapat

na Ikaw ay aming pasalamatan.

Pinag-iisang-didbdib Mo sa banal na tipan

ang Iyong pinagsamang di na mapaghihiwalay

upang sa pagdami na mga anak sa Iyong Sambayanan

ay maidangal ang pagtatalik ng mga ikinasal.

Ikaw ang Lumikha sa sansinukob

at Ikaw rin ang Tagapangasiwa ng Iyong buhay na kaloob

upang sa pagdami ng mga tao ay Iyong ikalugod

na dumami rin ang mga kabilang sa Iyong Sambayanang kinukupkop

sa pamamagitan ni Kristo na sa tana‟y tumubos.

166





Sanctus



Napupuno ang langit at lupa ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!

Pinagpala ang naparirito sa ngalan ng Panginoon!

Osana sa kaitaasan!

Ang sambayanan ay luluhod para sa pagsasalaysay ng Huling Hapunan.

Nakalahad ang mga kamay ng pari sa pagdarasal






Muling pagdadaupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay, at saka kukrusan tinapay at alak habang kanyang dinarasal.




Ang mga salita ng Panginoon sa mga sumusunod na pangungusap ay ipahahayag nang malinaw at nauunawaan ng tanan ayon sa hinihingi ng kahulugan ng mga ito.







at sinabi:

167













at sinabi:












Ang sambayanan ay tatayo, maliban sa mga bagong kasal.

Pagbubunyi




168

O kaya:


aming ipinahahayag.


ay ipinagdiriwang



Pari: Ama,














Ama,



















169




Hahawakan ng pari ang pinggang may ostia at ang kalis na kapwa niyang itataas habang kanyang ipinapahayag:







Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin







Sundin ang loob Mo









Panalagnin Ukol sa mga Bagong Kasal

Pagtapos ng Ama Namin, ang dasal na “Hinihiling namin kami’s iadya” ay hindi

sinasabi. Ang pari, nakatayo at nakaharap sa mga ikakasal, hihilingin ang pagbabasbas ng Panginoon.

Ang mag-asawang magkasukob sa belo at nabibigkis ng sagisag ng buklod ng pag-ibig ay pananalanginan ng pari na mag-aanyayang manalangin ang Sambayanan.

170

Pari: Mga kapatid,

halina‟t hilinging pagpalain ng Poong Maykapal

ang pag-iisang-dibdib nina N. at N.

upang pamalagiin Niyha silang magkasukob

sa wagas na pag-ibig

yayamang ang Kanyang Espiritu Santo

ang nagbibigkis sa kanilang puso.

Itataas ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay na lumulukob sa mag-asawang nakaluhod

habang kanyang ihihahayag ang tanging pagpapala ukol sa bagong kasal. Malalaktawan ang mga pangungusap sa panaklong kapag sila’y napakatanda na at hindi na

magkakaanak.


sa Iyong kagandahang-loob nilikha Mo ang sanlibutan

at nilalang Mo ang tao na Iyong kawangis.

Niloob Mo na ang lalaki at babae

ay magdaup-palad at magkaisa sa puso at loobin.

Itinalaga Mo na ang magasawang Iyong pinagtali

ay huwag kailanman paghiwalayin.


ipinasya Mo na ang pag-iisang dibdib

ay maging banal na sakramento

na siyang kababanaagan ng pag-iisang puso

ni Kristo at ng Kanyang banal na Sambayanan.

Ama naming mapagmalasakit,

pinagbuklod Mo ang lalaki at babae

at niloob Mong ang pag-iisang-dibdib

ay huwag magapi ng kasalanang mana

at huwag maglaho sa unang paggunaw sa sanlibutan.

Magiliw Mong tunghayan ang babaeing ito,

ang Iyong anak na nagging kabuklod ngayuon sa anal na tipan.

Bilang pagtugon sa kanyang kahilingan,

gawaran Mo siya ng pagpapala ng pag-ibig at kapayapaan sa buhay.

Matularan nawa niya ang mga banal na babae

na ipinagkakapuri sa Banal na Kasulatan.

Nawa‟y pagtiwalaan siya ng kanyang asawa

at ituring siyang kapantay at kapwa tagapagmana

sa uhay na walang hanggan.

Lagi nawa siyang igalang at mahalin

tulad ng ginagawang pagmamalasakit

ni Kristo sa banal Niyang Sambayanan.

171

Ama naming matapat,

nawa‟y sundin nilang lagi ang Iyong kalooban.

Nawa‟y manatili silang tapat sa banal na tipan

at maging katibayan nawa sila

ng katapatan ni Kristo sa sanlibutan.

Makintal nawa sa kanilang puso at diwa ang Banal na Aral.

Lukuban nawa sila ng Iyong Espiritu

upang manatili silang masigla sa kanilang pagmamahalan.

(Gawin Mo silang huwaran ng mga ipagkakaloob Mong mga supling

at nawa‟y maipadama pa nila sa kanilang mga apo

ang alab ng kanilang paglingap.)

Maging maligaya nawa sila sa lahat ng mga araw

ng kanilang mahabang buhay,

at sa wakas, Amang mapagkalinga,

akayin Mo sila sa buhay na walang katapusan



Bayan: Amen.











Bayan: Amen.




At, alinsunod sa kaugalian ng iba’t ibang pook, ang mga nagsisimba ay magbibigayan ng kapayapaan. Ang pari at mga tagapaglingkod ay makapagbibigayan ng kapayapaan.

172









na ito.



maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,






Ang sambayanan ay luluhod. Magkadaop ang mga kamay ng pari sa pabulong na

pagdarasal:



binuhay Mo sa Iyong pakamatay ang sanlibutan.



gawin Mong ako’y makasunod lagi sa Iyong mga utos,

at huwag Mong ipahintulot na ako’y mawalay sa Iyo kailanman.

O kaya:

Ang pakikinabang sa Katawan at Dugo Mo,

Panginoong Hesukristo,




nawa’y aking matanggap


173

Luluhod ang pari at pagtayo niya’y kanyang hahawakan ang ostiya na itataas sa ibabaw

ng pinggan. Paharap sa mga tao siyang magsasabi nang malakas:






Siya’y makikinabang nang magalang at nakayuko sa dambana habang pabulong na

nagdarasal:








Pakikinabang


Antipona sa Pakikinabang

Efeso 5:25, 27

Si Kristo‟y lubhang nagmahal

sa giliw na Sambayanan

at buhay N‟ya‟y inilaang

maging haing pangdalisay

nang mahal N‟ya‟y maging banal. (E.T. aleluya).


huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari,






174

Habang ginaganap ito, aalisin ng mga abay ang kordon at belo mula sa mga bagong

kasal.

Makababalik ngayon sa upuan ang pari. Makapag-uukol ng ilang saglit na katahimikan o makaaawit ng papuri o salmo.

Pagkaraan, ang pari ay titindig sa harap ng upuan o sa gawi ng dambana at paharap sa mga nagsisimbang magpapahayag:





ang Iyong loobing makiisa ay panatilihin Mong umiiral

sa mga nagsalo sa haing nagbibigay-buhay.

Pamalagiin Mong nagmamahalan

at nagkakaisa ng kalooba‟t kaisipan

sina N. at N. na pinagbuklod Mo sa banal na pagsasama

at Iyong pinapagsalo

sa pagkai‟t inuming pagkakaisa ang ibinibigay



Bayan: Amen.

PAGWAWAKAS

Paghahayo sa Pagwakas

Pari: N. at N., habilin ko sa inyo ay:

mamuhay kayong lagi sa pag-ibig at katapatan.

Para sa babae

Pari: N., pag-ibig mo‟y patunayan sa pagiging butihing maybahay

na may pananampalataya, kabanalan at pag-ibig sa Maykapal.

Para sa lalaki

Pari: N., maybahay mo‟y ibigin gaya ng malasakit ni Kristo sa Simbahan

bilang pagsunod sa kalooban ng Diyos Ama sa kalangitan.

175




Pari: Ang Diyos Amang nabubuhay kalian man

ay magpanatili nawa sa inyong pagmamahalan

upang ang kapayapaan ni Kristo‟y manahan

sa inyo at sa inyong tahanan ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang magandang kapalaran,

mga anak na marangal,

at tunay na kaibigan ay inyo nawang makamtan


Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Kayo nawa‟y maging katibayang

Diyos ay pag-ibig sa sanlibutan

upang sa pagkamatulungin ninyo sa tanan

kayo‟y papasukin ng Diyos sa Kanyang kaharian


Bayan: Amen.

Pari: At kayong lahat na nagtipun-tipon dito

ay pagpalain nawa ng makapangyarihang Diyos


Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas



176

THE RITE OF CELEBRATING MARRIAGE OUTSIDE MASS

Solemn Entrance of the Bridal Couple (Optional)

The marriage rite fittingly begins with the solemn entrance of the bride and the

bridegroom. If circumstances allow, the priest vested in surplice (or alb), stole and cope (both white), preceded by the cross bearer and the other ministers (and the server

carrying holy water), meets the couple at the entrance door of the church. He greets

them with a few kind words, showing that the Church shares their joy, (and sprinkles them with holy water). He may also use the words of allocution (see below), which may

be placed here. In this case the Liturgy of the Word begins immediately after the

procession.

Then the priest, preceded by the cross bearer and the other ministers and followed by the

couple, leads them and their attendants, at least their parents and the official witnesses,

to the sanctuary where they take their respective places. All appearances of theatrical show must be avoided.

An entrance hymn is sung by the congregation or played on the organ. Bridal march

music of profane character is prohibited.

Where it is desirable that the rite of welcome be omitted, the priest comes from the

sacristy after the couple and their attendants have taken their respective places in the sanctuary. After the reverence of the altar, he meets the couple at the place telling them

that the Church shares their joy.

Entourage Procession

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Hymn

Greeting



People: Amen.



177

Introduction

The priest may very briefly introduce the faithful with the following or similar words:

Priest: God is love and has, in some mysterious way,

drawn you together in love.

But He leaves you free to make that love grow

or to let it wither and die.

The Lord will help you to forge a future for your love,

if you do your share,

when you stand to the commitment to love and honor one another

in good times and in bad,

in poverty and plenty,



in that covenant which you are about to seal.

Opening Prayer



Father,

when You created mankind

You willed taht man and wife should be one.

Bind N. and N.,

in loving union of marriage;

and make their lvoe fruitful

so taht they may be living witnesses

to Your divine love in the world.




People: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm


Gospel

Homily

178

THE RITE OF MARRIAGE

The Ligthing of the Candles

At the start of the nuptial rites, designated sponsors come forward and light the candles

beside the bridegroom and bride.

Allocution


you are here today to seal your love

with an eternal bond before the Church.

I assure you of the prayers of our community

that God may pour His abundant blessings on your love

and help you to carry out the duties of the married state.


And you, dear brothers and sisters,

may I ask you to help them with your prayers

and accept them as a new couple in our Christian community.

Scrutiny

Priest: May I now ask you to answer truthfully the following questions.

To the bride:


to bind yourself forever in the love and service of your husband?

Bride: Yes, Father.

To the bridegroom:


to bind yourself forever in the love and service of your wife?

Bridegroom: Yes, Father.

To both:

Priest: Are you ready to raise as good Christians

the children whom God will give you?

Couple: Yes, Father.

179

Exchange of Consent

Priest: N. and N., since you wish to contract Holy Matrimony,

please join your right hands

and express your intention before God and His Church.

The bridegroom and bride join their right hands and face each other.

To the bride:

Priest: N., do you take N., here present, for your lawful husband,


Bride: Yes, I do.

Priest: Do you give yourself to him as his wife?

Bride: Yes, I do.

Priest: Do you accept him as your lawful husband?

Bride: Yes, I do.

To the bridegroom:

Priest: N., do you take N., here present, for your lawful wife



Priest: Do you give yourself to her as her husband?


Priest: Do you accept her as your lawful wife?


Priest: Now, please say together with (or after) me.

The couple says together with the priest or after him:

Couple: Grant us, O Lord to be one heart and one soul

from this day forward,


for richer or for poorer,


until death do us part.

180

Confirmation of the Marriage Bond

Priest: And I, by the authority of the Church,

calling to all here present as witnesses,

confirm and bless the bond of marriage

which you have contracted.

In the name of the Father , and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.

Blessing of the Arrhae and Rings

Priest: N. and N., we shall now bless your arrhae and rings.

Our help is in the name of the Lord.

People: He made heaven and earth.


Bless, O Lord, your servants, N. and N.,

with sufficiency of material possessions

which these arrhae symbolize

so that they may use them to attain eternal life,


People: Amen.

The priest sprinkles the arrhae with holy water.

Priest: Bless, O Lord, these rings

so that your servants, N. and N., who wear them

may ever live in mutual love and in unbroken loyalty,


Or:

Lord, bless these rings which we bless in Your name.

Grant that those who wear them

may always have a deep faith in each other.

May they do Your will

and always live together in peace, good will and love.


People: Amen.

The priest sprinkles the rings with holy water.

181

Giving of the Wedding Rings and Arrhae

The priest picks up the bride’s ring and hands it over to the bridegroom. The bridegroom

takes the ring and while placing it on the ring finger of the bride’s right hand, he says the

following words:

Bridegroom: N., wear this ring as a symbol of my love and loyalty,


The priest picks up the bridegroom’s ring and hands it over to the bride. The bride takes the ring and while placing it on the ring finger of the bridegroom’s right hand, she says

the following words:

Bride: N., wear this ring as a symbol of my love and loyalty,


The priest placers the arrhae into the hands of the bridegroom who gives it to his bride

while saying the following words:

Bridegroom: N., I give you these arrhae

as a pledge of my dedication to your welfare and of the children

whom God will give to us.

In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

The bride receives the arrhae while saying the following words:

Bride: And I accept them.

At this point, the priest presents the newly married couple to the community who may

greet them with gestures of welcome and applause.

Prayer of the Faithful and Nuptial Blessing

The general intercessions (prayer of the faithful) and the blessing of the couple take place

in this order:

a) First the priest uses the invitatory of any blessing of the couple or any other, taken from

the approved formulas for the general intercessions.

b) Immediately after the invitatory, there can be either a brief silence, or a series of

petitions from the prayer of the faithful with responses by the people. All the petitions should be in harmony with the blessing which follows, but should not duplicate it.

c) Then, omitting the prayer that concludes the prayer of the faithful, the priest extends his

hands and blesses the bride and the bridegroom.

This blessing may be “Father, by Your power” or another. Here follows the text of the

second nuptial blessing.

182

Designated sponsors lay a white veil on the shoulders of the groom and head of the

bride; if preferrred, the veil of the bride may be laid across the groom’s shoulders. Besides, if desired, and where it is the custom, a cord, called yugal, is placed in the form

of an eight (8) over the shoulders of both; this is a symbol of the burdens of matrimony to

be carried by husband and wife in common.

The priest says, with his hands joined:

Priest: Dear sisters and brothers, let us humbly implore

God‟s blessing on these spouses (or: N. and N.)

He bestowed on them the sacrament of matrimony;

may He also graciously be at their side with His help.

One of the attendants, perhaps one of the official witnesses.

Leader: For these newly-weds, that they may become

happy in their marriage, let us pray to the Lord.

People: We beseech You, hear us.

Leader: That their lvoe for one another may grow through all

the years of their lives, let us pray to the Lord.


Leader: That they may help one another also in the times

of loneliness and distress, let us pray to the Lord


The priest extends his hands and continues:

Priest: Holy Father,

You created mankind in Your own image

and made man and woman to be joined as husband

and wife in union of body and heart

and so fulfill their mission in their world.

Father,

to reveal the plan of Your love,

You made the union of husband and wife

an image of the covenant

between You and Your people.

In the fulfillment of this sacrament,

the marriage of Christian man and woman

is a sign of the marriagebetween Christ and the Church.

Father, stretch out Your hand, and bless N. and N..

183

Lord,

grant that as they begin to live this sacrament

they may share with each other

the gifts of Your love

and become one in heart and mind

as witnesses to Your presence in their marriage.

Help them to create a home together

(and give them children to be formed by the gospel

and to have a place in Your family).

Give Your blessings to N , Your son,

so that he may be a faithful husband

(and a good father).

Father,

grant that as they come together

to Your table on earth,

so they may one day have the joy of sharing Your

feast in heaven.


People: Amen.

Other forms of the nuptial blessing may also be used. Confer text in the Appendix.

COMMUNION RITE (Optional)

The Lord‟s Prayer



we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







The follows the usual rite of holy communion outside Mass. After communion a reverent silence tray be observed for a while, or a psalm or song of praise may be sung or recited.

184



If only the bride and the bridegroom receive holy communion the following prayer is said

by the priest:

Lord,

we who have shared the food of Your table

pray for our friends N. and N.,

whom You have joined together in marriage.

Keep them close to You always.

May their love for each other

proclaim to all the world

their faith in You.


If also others receive holy communion the following prayer is to be said:

Almighty God,

may the eucharist we have shared

strengthen the love of N. and N.,

and give us all Your fatherly aid.


People: Amen.

CONCLUDING RITE

Admonition

Priest: N. and N., now that you have received the Holy Sacrament of

Matrimony, I admonish you to remain faithful to one another.

To the bride;

Priest: (N.), love your husband and be a good housewife;

persevere in faith and love and holiness.

To the bridegroom;

Priest: (N.), love your wife as Christ loves His Church

and live with her in the holy fear of the Lord.

185

Solemn Blessing



The Priest, with hands extended over the bride and bridegroom, says:


May God the eternal Father

keep you of one heart in love for one another,

that the peace of Christ may dwell in you

and abide always in your home.

People: Amen.

Priest: May you be blessed in your children,

have solace in your friends

and enjoy true peace with everyone.

People: Amen.

Priest: May you be witnesses in the world to God‟s charity,

so that the afflicted and needy who have known your kindness

may one day receive you thankfully

into the eternal dwelling of God.

People: Amen.




People: Amen.

Dismissal



186

PAGDIRIWANG NG PAG-IISANG-DIBDIB KAPAG WALANG MISA

Pagpasok ng Ikakasal at Mga Abay (Optional)

Pagsapit ng takdang oras, ang pari, na nararamtan ng kasuotan para sa pagmimisa ay

paparoon sa dambana. Babatiin niya ang mga ikakasal bilang pagpapahayag na ang Sambayanan ng Diyos ay nakikiisa sa kanilang kagalakan.

Pagpasok ng mga ikakasal

PASIMULA

Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati


Bayan: Amen.




Ang pari ay makapagbibigay ng maikling paliwanag tungkol sa buod ng Misang

ipagdiriwang


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan


Mabuting Balita

Homiliya

Pangaral

ANG PAG-IISANG DIBDIB

Ang lahat ay titindig pati ang mga ikakasal. Sisindihan ang mga kandila sa magkabilang

gilid ng luhuran ng mga ikinakasal. Ang mga sumusunod na pangungusap o anumang katumbas nito ay ipahahayag ng pari sa ngalan ng Sambayanan ng Diyos.


sa Binyag at Kumpil, nakiisa kayo

sa buhay at pananagutan ng Panginoon,

187

at sa pagdiriwang ng Huling Hapunan

muli‟t muli kayong nakisalo

sa hapag ng Kanyang pagmamahal.

Ngayon, nawa‟y kusang-loob

na kayo‟y dumudulog

sa Sambayanang ito at humihiling ng panalangin

upang ang inyong panghabambuhay

na pagbubuklod

ay pagtibayin ng Panginoon.

Para sa pamayanan:

At kayo naman, mga kapatid,

na natitipon ngayon,

ay manalangin para kina N. at N.

at bukas-palad silang tanggapin

bilang magkaisang-dibdib

sa taing Sambayanang Kristiyano.

Ang pari ay maglalahad ng mga katanungan sa mga ikakasal upang kanilang maipahayag ang kanilang kusang-loob at tapat na pag-ibig sa isa’t isa at ang pagiging handang tanggapin at

hubugin ang kanilang magiging anak. Makahaharap sa bayan ang mga ikakasal hanggang sa

pagpapatibay ng kanilang kasal. Kapag sila’y lampas na sa gulang na pagkakaroon ng anak, malalaktawan ang huling tanong.

Pagsusuri

Pari: N. at N., hinihiling ko ngayon

na buong katapatan ninyong ipahayag

ang inyong damdamin sa isa‟t isa.

Para sa babae



na iyong pakamamahalin at paglilingkuran

habambuhay?

Babae: Opo, Padre.

Para sa lalaki



na iyong pakamamahalin at paglilingkuran

habambuhay?

188

Lalaki: Opo, Padre.

Lalaktawan ang tanong na sumusunod kapag sila’y lampas na sa gulang ng pagkakaanak.

Para sa mga ikakasal

Pari: N. at N., nakahanda ba kayong gumanap

sa inyong pananagutan sa Simbahan at sa bayan

na umaasang inyong aarugain ang mga supling

na ipagkakaloob ng Poong Maykapal upang sila

ay inyong palakihin bilang mabubuting mamamayang Kristiyano?

Magkasintahan: Opo, Padre.

Pagtitipan

Aanyayahan ng pari ang magkasintahan upang ipahayag ang kanilang pagtitipan.



pagdaupin ninyo ang inyong kanang kamay



Magdadaup-palad ang magkasintahan. Sasabihin ng lalaki:

Tatanungin ng pari ang babae:


na maging asawa ni N., na naririto ngayon,



Babae: Opo, Padre.


ng iyong sarili bilang kanyang maybahay?

Babae: Opo, Padre.



Babae: Opo, Padre.

189

Tatanungin ng pari ang lalaki:


na maging maybahay si N., na naririto ngayon,



Lalaki: Opo, Padre.


ng iyong sarili bilang kanyang asawa?

Lalaki: Opo, Padre.



Lalaki: Opo, Padre.

Ang ikalawa at ikatlong tanong ay malalaktawan kapag nakasal na sa hukuman ng

pamahalaan ang magkatipan.

Alinsunod sa pasya ng mga ikinakasal, kanilang maipapahayag ang pagtitipan nila sa

pamamagitan ng pagtugon sa mga tanong ng pari o kaya’y sa pamamagitan ng

pagsasabi nila ng kanilang panata sa isa’t-isa. Anumang paraan ang mapili, ang pagtitipon ay gaganapin ng mga ikinakasal habang sila’y magkadaup-palad.

Maaari ding isagawa ang pagtitipan sa sumusunod na paraan.






Magdadaup-palad ang magkasintahan. Sasabihin ng lalaki.


tinitipan kitang maging aking maybahay





190

Sasabihin ng babae:


tinitipan kitang maging aking asawa





Magdarasal ang magkasintahang ikinakasal.

Pari: Ngayon, sabay kayong manalangin.

Magkasintahan:

Ama naming mapagkalinga,

Ama naming tapat,








o kaya:

Ama namin,

kami po ay Inyong loobing

magkaisa ng kalooba‟t damdamin

mula ngayon sa kaginhawahan at kahirapan

sa karamdaman at kalusugan

sa lahat ng araw ng aming buhay.

Ang ninong at ninang ay tutugon ng kanilang pagsaksi sa pagtitipan:

Ninong at ninang:




kami‟y nagpapatunay na kayo‟y mag-asawa na




191

Pagtitibay sa Kasunduan



ang pagtataling-puso na inyong pinagtipan,



Bayan: Amen.

Pagbabasbas ng mga Aras at Singsing

Ang mga aras ay dadalhin sa pari.

Pari: N. at N., basbasan natin ngayon ang inyong mga aras at singsing.

Manalangin tayo.

Ama naming maawain,

basbasan Mo‟t kupkupin


Pagkalooban Mo sila

ng sapat na kabuhayang

sinasagisag ng mga aras na ito

sa ikapagkakamit

ng buhay na walang hanggan.





Bayan: Amen.

Ang mga singsing ay dadalhin sa pari.



basbasan Mo‟t lingapin


Pagdindapatin Mo

na silang magsusuot

ng mga singsing na ito

ay maging kawangis Mo

sa Iyong wagas na pag-ibig

at walang maliw na katapatan.





192

Bayan: Amen.

Babasbasan ng pari ng banal na tubig ang mga singsing.

Pagbibigay ng mga Singsing at Aras

Ibibigay ng pari ang singsing ng babae sa lalaki. Kukunin ng lalaki ang singsing at

isusuot sa palasingsingngang daliri ng kanang kamay ng babae habang sinasabi ang

mga sumusunod:

Lalaki: N., kailanma‟y di kita pagtataksilan.





Amen.

Ibibigay ng pari ang singsing ng lalaki sa babae. Kukunin ng babae ang singsing at

isusuot sa palasingsingngang daliri ng kanang kamay ng lalaki habang sinasabi ang mga

sumusunod:

Babae: N., kailanma‟y di kita pagtataksilan.





Amen.

Ilalagay ng pari ang aras sa kamay ng lalaki. Ibibigay ng lalaki ang aras sa babae

habang sinasabi ang mga sumusunod:

Lalaki: N., kailanma‟y di kita pababayaan.

Inilalagak ko sa iyo itong mga aras

na tanda ng aking pagpapahalaga

at pagkalinga sa kapakanan mo

(at ng ating magiging mga anak).



Amen.

Babae: Tinatanggap ko ito

at nangangako akong

magiging iyong katuwang

sa wastong paggamit at pangangasiwa

ng ating kabuhayan.

193

Matapos ang pagbibigayan ng singsing at aras, maaaring batiin ng mag-sawa ang isa’t-

isa sa pamamagitan ng masuyong paghalik. Sila’y magmamano sa kanilang mga

magulang, ninong at ninang. Sila’y papalakpakan ng sambayanan habang tinutugtog

ang mga batingaw.

Panalangin ng Bayan at Tanging Pagpapala Ukol sa Bagong Kasal

Isusunod ang Panalanging Pangkalahatan o Panalangin ng Bayan, alinsunod sa mga paraang itinakda ng Panayam ng mga Obispo. Luluhod ang mag-asawa at ilalagay ng

mga abay ang belo at kordon.

Pari: Mga minamahal kong kapatid,

halinang magkaisa sa pagdalangin sa Diyos

para sa ating mga bagong kasal na sina N. at N.

at para sa buong Simbahan, sanlibutan, at sa ikapagkakaisa ng tanan.

Isinasamo naming kami’y Iyong dinggin.

Lektor: Para kina N. at N. na ngayo‟y pinagbuklod sa pag-iisang-dibdib

upang sila‟y mamuhay sa kalusugan at maligtas sa panganib,


Para sina N. at N. ay pagpalain sa buklod ng tipan

gaya ng pagpapabanal ni Kristo sa Cana, Galilea

na pinangyarihan ng Kanyang unang kababalaghan,


Para sina N. at N. ay puspusin ng pag-ibig,

pagkakasundo at pagtututlungang matalik,


Para sina N. at N. ay panatilihing matibay

sa katapatan, kasiyahan at Kristiyanong pamumuhay,


Para sina N. at N. at ang laaht ng mag-asawa

ay bigyan ng Espiritu Santo ng ibayong pag-ibig at ligaya,


194

Itataas ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay na lumuluko sa mag-asawang nakaluhod


magkakaanak.

Pari: Ama naming banal,

Ikaw ang Lumikha sa sanlibutan at sa sangkatuhan

na Iyong ginawang maging lalaki‟t babaing Iyong kalarawan

at niloob Mong mapuspos ng Iyong

pagpapala sa pagpapakasal.

Idinadalangin namin ang babaing ito na si N.

ngayong naging kabiyak ng puso ni N.

upang sa magkatuwang nilang pamumuhay

ang Iyong pagpapala ay mag-umapaw

(at sa pagkakaroon nila ng mga anak ay magkamit

ng dakilang kayamanan).

Magalak nawa sila sa pagpaparangal sa Iyong ngalan.

Makadulog nawa sila sa Iyo kapag nasa

pagsubok at kahirapan.

Magkamit nawa sila ng Iyong pagtuwang

sa kanilang ginagampanan.

Makadama nawa sila ng Iyong pagtulong

sa kanilang pangangailangan.

Makasapit nawa sila sa pagtanda nang may kasiyahan

sa piling ng mga kaibigang putong nila at karangalan

sa pagsapit nila sa Iyong kaharian at kalangitan



Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG (Optional)

Ama Namin







Sundin ang loob Mo


195








PAGTATAPOS

Paghahayo sa Pagwakas

Pari: N. at N., habilin ko sa inyo ay:

mamuhay kayong lagi sa pag-ibig at katapatan.

Para sa babae

Pari: N., pag-ibig mo‟y patunayan sa pagiging butihing maybahay

na may pananampalataya, kabanalan at pag-ibig sa Maykapal.

Para sa lalaki

Pari: N., maybahay mo‟y ibigin gaya ng malasakit ni Kristo sa Simbahan

bilang pagsunod sa kalooban ng Diyos Ama sa kalangitan.








Bayan: Amen.





Bayan: Amen.

196






Bayan: Amen.




Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas



197

CELEBRATION OF MARRIAGE JUBILEES AND WEDDING ANNIVERSARIES

The celebration presented here follows the same structure of the Nuptial Mass

with the exception of the exchange of rings and arrhae and the nuptial blessing

after the Lord’s Prayer. The principles following the norms of the liturgical year

and the calendar, however, are to be observed strictly in the choice of the prayer

formularies and readings.

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Hymn

Entrance Antiphon (To be recited if no Entrance Hymn)

B. Cf. Psalm 20 (19): 3, 5

May the Lord send you help from the holy place

and give you support from Sion.

May He grant you your hearts‟ desire,

and fulfill every one of your designs (E.T. alleluia).

Greeting



People: Amen.



Penitential Rite



After a brief moment of silence for examination of conscience, the presider and people say together:






198











People: Amen.

Other forms of the penitential rite, as described in the Roman Missal, may also be used. After the formula of general confession and absolution, the choir may sing the Kyrie


Kyrie Eleison







Collect



A. On Any Anniversary

O God, Creator of all things,

who in the beginning made man and woman

that they might form the marriage bond,

bless and strengthen the union of your servants N. and N.,

that they may show forth an ever more perfect image

of the union of Christ with His Church.

199




B. On the Twenty-Fifth Anniversary

O Lord, who have joined these your servants N. and N.

in the unbreakable bond of marriage

and have been pleased to sustain them

in communion of spirit amid toil and joy,

increase, we pray, and purify their love,

so that (together with their children) they may rejoice

in the sanctification they bring to each other.




C. On the Fiftieth Anniversary

O God, almighty Father,

for the sake of the good works they have done

through their long life together,

look kindly on this husband and wife, N. and N.

(with the children they have brought to lfie and faith)

and, as You sealed the beginnings of their love

by a wonderful Sacrament,

so bless their fruitful old age.




LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm

Second Reading


Gospel

Homily

200

RENEWAL OF MARRIAGE VOWS

After the homily or exhortation, the couple stands and the celebrant addresses them in

these or similar words:


you stand here today before the Lord

to give Him thanks for having shown you His love

in a very special way when He blessed

and consecrated your love on the day of your marriage.

Assuring you to stand by your side in your every need,

He entrusted the success of your married life

to you as a task and a gift.

You thank Him now for all these years

of shared joys and sacrifices,

perhaps also sorrow and struggles which are part of life.

You still need Him now,

that you may continue on the way of love and loyalty

which cannot but go on growing.

This Christian community rejoices with you

and asks the Lord with you that He may bless you

and keep you in His love.


May I ask you, dear brothers and sisters,

to join N. and N. in giving thanks to the Lord

for His goodness

and in praying that they may grow together

living in God‟s love.

Scrutiny

Addressing the couple, he says:

Priest: Now, please, join your right hands.

To the husband:

Priest: N., do you reaffirm your married love and fidelity

to N. before God and this community?

Husband: Yes, I do.

201

To the wife:



Wife: Yes, I do.

To the couple:

Priest: Please, pray now together the prayer for God‟s blessing:

Couple: Lord God, whose name is love

once You made our ways meet

and called us to found a home and a family.

We look back with gratitude

on the years You have given us together.

Help us to avoid the mistakes of the past and

sustain our love with Your love

that, in ever-growing unity of heart and soul,

we may reach together

Your unending marriage feast in heaven.

Bless this our wish and task.

Priest: Our help is in the name of the Lord.


Priest: May the Lord God confirm once more the consent

which you have renewed before Him

and before the Church

which I and this community represent.

And may almighty God bless you now

and continue blessing your union,

the Father, and the Son,


People: Amen.

At this point, the priest presents the couple to the community who may greet them with

gestures of welcome and applause.

Profession of Faith

The Profession of Faith is recited on Sundays and Solemnities.

202


Priest: Let us pray to God who is the Father of all that lives, and say:

Lord, hear Your people.

Lector: For the Holy Church, that she may continue to defend and protect the dignity of

the Christian family and help in strengthening the bonds of married couples. Let

us pray to the Lord.

For N. and N., who celebrate today with gratitude the memory of their (___years,

twenty-five years, fifty years) of joys and sorrows shared in common. Let us pray

to the Lord.

For the family and friends of N. and N., that they may find in this couple a model

of true Christian living and imitate their fidelity and love for each other and for

God. Let us pray to the Lord. (Reponse)

For married couples, especially those who are undergoing struggles and

difficulties in life, that they may see the goodness of God in their suffering, and

find strength to endure their challenges. Let us pray to the Lord.

For men and women preparing for the Sacrament of Matrimony, that they may be

enriched by God‟s grace and strengthen their resolve to enter into the married

state with Christian fortitude and mutual fidelity. Let us pray to the Lord.

For those who have gone before us marked with the sign of faith, that they may

enjoy blessed repose in the vision of God‟s love. Let us pray to the Lord.

Priest: Lord God,

all human aspirations and strivings

need You to attain their goal.

Do not abandon us to ourselves

and be gentle with us when we fail.

Help us go on without fear

on the road to Your final fulfillment and perfect love,

toward that wedding feast that lasts for ever and ever.

People: Amen.


Preparation of the Gifts and the Altar

203


Priest:


O God, who made blood and water

flow from the side of Christ

as a sign of the mysteries of human rebirth,

be pleased, we pray, to receive the offerings we make in thanksgiving

on behalf of Your servants N. and N.

and endow their marriage with Your many gifts.



Be pleased, O God, to receive these offerings

in thanksgiving for Your servants, N. and N.,

so that from them they may draw peace and joy in abundance.



Be pleased, O God, to receive these offerings,

presented in thanksgiving for Your servants, N. and N.,

who have lived as one in true fidelity these many years

and who ask of Your bounty all the blessings of unity and peace.


People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

PREFACE: The Dignity of the Marriage Covenant







204




For You have forged the covenant of marriage

as a sweet yoke of harmony

and an unbreakable bond of peace,

so that chaste and fruitful love of holy Matrimony

may serve to increase the children You adopt as Your own.

By Your providence and grace, O Lord,

You accomplish the wonder of this twofold design:

that, while the birth of children brings beauty to the world,

their rebirth in Baptism gives increase to the Church,

















He joins his hands and makes the Sign of the Cross once over the bread and the chalice together, saying:



205

He joins his hands.








He bows slightly.





adoration.







He bows slightly.








Then he says:


206

The people stand for the Memorial Acclamation.






















and all the clergy.











He joins his hands.


207

Final Doxology

The priest holds aloft the paten with bread and chalice and alone, or with concelebrating

priests if there are any, and sings or says the final doxology. No other ministers, and the






FOR EVER AND EVER.

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer



we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







Embolism

Priest: Deliver us, Lord, we pray from every evil,


that by the help of your mercy,




and the coming of the Savior, Jesus Christ.

People: For the kingdom, the power,

and the glory are yours, now and for ever.

208

Invitation to Peace









People: Amen.






Then the husband and wife and all present offer one another a sign, in keeping with local

customs, that expresses peace, communion and charity. The Priest gives the sign of

peace to a Deacon or minister.









have mercy on us.


have mercy on us.


grant us peace.

The invocation may even be repeated several times if the fraction is prolonged. Only the final time, however, is grant us peace said.

209


May the receiving of Your Body and Blood,

Lord Jesus Christ,

not bring me to judgment and condemnation,

but through Your loving mercy

be for me protection in mind and body

and a healing remedy.

The Priest genuflects, take the host and holding it slightly raised above the paten or above the chalice, while facing the people, says aloud:
















Communion


songs.

Communion Antiphon (To be recited if no Communion Hymn)

Ephesians 5:25, 27

Christ loved the Church and handed Himself over for Her,

to present Her as a holy and spotless bride for Himself (E.T. alleluia).

210

Prayer After communion




Open wide in joy and love, O Lord,

the hearts of these Your servants,

who have been refreshed with food and drink from on high,

that their home way be a place of decency and peace

and welcome everyone with love.



O God, who have graciously welcomed this married couple N. and N.

(together with their children and friends)

to the table of Your family,

grant that they may continue to grow

in strong and eager communion with each other,

so that by Your gift they may be united,

until they reach the heavenly banquet.



Having tasted the delights of Your table,

we entreat You, O Lord,

to keep this married couple N. and N.

safe and holy in the years ahead,

until You welcome them both,

in the fullness of their days,

to Your heavenly banquet.


People: Amen.

Final Blesing of the Mass



211

The Priest, with hands extended over the bride and bridegroom, says:


May almighty God keep you

from all harm and bless you

with every good gift.

People: Amen.

Priest: May He place His word with your hearts

and fill you with lasting joy.

People: Amen.

Priest: May you walk in His ways,

always knowing what is right and good

until you enter your heavenly inheritance.

People: Amen.




People: Amen.

Dismissal



212

PAGDIRIWANG NG TAUNANG PAGGUNITA

SA PAG-IISANG-DIBDIB

PASIMULA




Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati

Pagdating sa dambana, ang pari ay magbibigay galang sa altar at tutungo sa kanyang

upuan kung saan kanyang sisimulan ang pagdiriwang.


Bayan: Amen.





O kaya:



Pagsisisi










213

Kaya isinasamo ko








Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison









Sandaling katahimikan.

A. Sa Taunang Paggunita sa Kasal


Ikaw ang Lumikha sa tanan

at ang maygawa sa lalaki‟t babae sa pasimula pa lamang

upang magkaisa sa buklod ng kasal.

Pagpalain Mo at patibayin ang pagsasama nina N. at N.

upang kanilang lalong maipahayag ang pagkakaisa

ni Kristo at ng Kanyang Sambayanan



214

B. Sa Ikadalawampu‟t Limang Taong Paggunita sa Kasal


sina N. at N. ay Iyong pinagtambal

at minarapat Mong magkaisa sila sa kalooban.

Paunlarin Mo sila at dalisayin sa pagmamahal

upang (kaisa ng mga anak nila) sila‟y kapwa maging banal



K. Sa Ikalimampung Taong Paggunita sa Kasal


tunghayan Mo sina N. at N. (at ang mga anak nila)

gayundin ang kanilang ginaganap na mabuting pagsasama.

Pagpalain Mo sila sa yugtong ito ng kanilang kasiya-siyang katandaan

katulad ng Iyong pagpapatibay sa kanilang kasal

noon pa mang ito ay umani ng unang bunga ng pagmamahal.



Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAGPAPAHAYAG NG SALITA NG DIYOS

Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Alleluia/Awit Pambungad sa Mabuting Balita

Mabuting Balita

Pangaral

PAGSARIWA SA PAGTITIPAN SA PAG-IISANG-DIBDIB

Kasunod ng mga pangaral, sasabihin ng pari ang mga nariritong pangungusap o ang katumbas

nito patungkol sa mga nagdiriwang ng paggunita sa kasal. Titindig ang mag-asawa.

Pangaral

Pari: Mga kapatid na N. at N.,

narito kayo bilang pagtanaw ng utang na loob

sa Panginoong Diyos na sa inyo‟y nagtataguyod

sa inyong pamumuhay bilang pinagbuklod

sa Kanyang pag-ibig, malasakit at pagkupkop.

Sa Kanyang pagpapala at palagiang pagtuwang.

215

Ipinagkatiwala Niya sa inyo ang pananagutang

mamuhay lagi sa pagkakaisa

sa pagdadamayan sa hirap at dusa

sa ginahawa‟t kalusugan ay magsamahan

maging tapat sa pag-ibig magpakailan man.

Sa inyong paglingon sa pinanggalingan,

kaisa inyo sa pagdalangin ang ating Kristiyanong Sambayanan

na ang hiling ay pagpapala ng Poong Maykapal

upang kayo‟y makarating sa paroroonan.

Pagsusuri

Aanyayahan ng pari ang mag-asawa upang sariwain ang kanilang pagtitipan.

Pari: Minamahal kong N. at N.

sa harap ng Diyos at ng Kanyang Sambayanan


at sariwain ninyo ang mithiing magtipan

sa banal na sakramento ng kasal.

Magdadaup-palad ang mag-asawa. Sasabihin ng lalaki:


sinasariwa ko ang aking pasya

noong tinitipan kitang maging aking maybahay





Sasabihin ng babae:


sinasariwa ko ang aking pasya

noong tinitipan kitang maging aking asawa





Magdarasal ang mag-asawa.

Mag-asawa: Ama naming mapagkalinga,

Ama naming tapat,




216





Kapag may ninong at ninang, makatutugon sila ng kanilang pagsaksi sa sinariwang pagtitipan.

Ninong at ninang:




kami‟y nagpapatunay

sa sinariwa ninyong pagtitipan bilang mag-asawa




Ang sinariwang pagtitipan ng mag-asawa ay tatanggapin ng pari:



ang sinariwang pagtataling-puso na inyong pinagtipan,



Bayan: Amen.

Isusunod ang Panalanging Pangkalahatan o Panalangin ng Bayan.

Panalangin ng Bayan

Pari: Manalangin tayo ngayon sa ating Amang mapagkalinga upang kanyang kalugdan

ang ating mga panawagan. Sa mga pagluhog ay itutugon natin:

Panginoon, dinggin mo ang aming panalangin.

Lektor: Para sa banal na Simbahan, upang kanyang patuloy na pangalagaan ang

karangalan ng Kristiyanong mag-anak at itaguyod ang ang pagbubuklod ng mga

mag-asawa. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Para kina N. at N., na silang nagdiriwang ng ika-N taon ng paggunita sa kanilang

pagsasamahan bilang mag-asawa, upang sila ay patuloy na lumalim ang

pagmamahal sa bawat isa at lalo sa Diyos na tumawag sa kanila. Manalangin tayo

sa Panginoon.

217

Para sa mag-anak at mga kaibigan nina N. at N., upang kanilang tanawing

mabuting halimbawa ang mag-awawang ito ng Kristiyanong pamumuhay at

tularan ang kanilang katapatan at pagmamahal sa isa‟t isa at sa Diyos. Manalangin

tayo sa Panginoon.

Para sa lahat ng mga mag-asawa, lalo‟t higit ang mga dumadaan sa iba‟t ibang

krisis, hamon, at pagsubok sa buhay, upang kanilang makita ang habag at awa ng

Diyso sa kabila ng kanilang pagdurusa, at makahanap ng lakas ng loob upang

mapagdaanan ang mga ito. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Para sa mga lalaki‟t babaeng naghahandang tumanggap ng Sakramento ng Pag-

iisang Dibdib, upang sila‟y mapatibay ng biyaya ng Diyos at nawa‟y magsimula

ng buhay may-asawa na puspos ng katapatan at pagmamahal sa isa‟t isa at sa

Diyos na siyang tumawag sa kanila. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Para sa mga kapatid nating nauna na sa kabilang buhay, upang kanilang matamasa

ang buhay na na walang hanggan sa piling ng Diyos sa kalangitan. Manalangin

tayo sa Panginoon.

Pari: Ama naming magpagmahal,

ang lahat ng bagay ay mula sa iyo at patutugo sa iyo.

Ipagkaloob mo ang iyong kagandahang loob sa amin

upang ang lahat ng aming gawain ay maging kalugod lugod sa iyo

at makapagbigay ng kaligayahan sa aming kapwa tao,

sa pamamgitan ni Kristong aming Panginoon.

Lahat: Amen.


Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Mauuna ang mga may dala ng iba’t ibang alay

para sa Simbahan o sa mga nangangailangan, at sa kahulihan ay ang tinapay at alak.

Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng mga tagapaglingkod ang telang patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa ibabaw ng dambana.

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang pari sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawakan niya ang pinggan ng

tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:





218





Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis habang dinarasal ng pabulong:


kami nawa’y makasalo sa pagka-Diyos ni Kristo


Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis ng bahagyang nakaangat sa

dambana habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:













Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng pari ang mga alay at ang dambana; pagkaraa’y

iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang pari at ang mga nagsisimba.







219











Pari:


Ama naming Lumikha,

ginawa Mong bukal nang masagana

ang dugo at tubig mula sa tagiliran ni Kristo

upang ipahiwatig ang muling pagsilang ng mga tao.

Tanggapin Mo ang aming mga alay sa aming pasasalamat

para kina N. at N.

at sumakanila nawa ang mga biyaya ng Iyong paglingap




Ama naming Lumikha,

ang mga alay na ito para sa pagpapasalamat nina N. at N.

ay tanggapin Mo at gawing kadluan ng kapayapaan at kaligayahan




Ama naming Lumikha,

ang mga alay na ito sa pagpapasalamat nina N. at N.

ay tanggapin Mo pakundangan sa kanilang naging pagsasama

sa pananampalataya, pagkakaisa, at kapayapaan

na magpahanggang ngayon ay hinihiling pa rin nila



Bayan: Amen.

220


A. PAGBUBUNYI O PREPASYO:

Ang Dangal ng Tipan ng Pag-iisang Dibdib








tunay ngang marapat


Pinag-iisang-didbdib Mo sa banal na tipan

ang Iyong pinagsamang di na mapaghihiwalay

upang sa pagdami na mga anak sa Iyong Sambayanan

ay maidangal ang pagtatalik ng mga ikinasal.

Ikaw ang Lumikha sa sansinukob

at Ikaw rin ang Tagapangasiwa ng Iyong buhay na kaloob

upang sa pagdami ng mga tao ay Iyong ikalugod

na dumami rin ang mga kabilang sa Iyong Sambayanang kinukupkop

sa pamamagitan ni Kristo na sa tana‟y tumubos.





Sanctus




ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!



Osana sa kaitaasan!

221



Pagdadaupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay at saka lulukuban ang mga alay habang siya’y

nagdarasal.



Muling pagdadaupin ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay, at saka kukrusan tinapay at alak habang kanyang dinarasal.




Ang mga salita ng Panginoon sa mga sumusunod na pangungusap ay ipahahayag nang malinaw

at nauunawaan ng tanan ayon sa hinihingi ng kahulugan ng mga ito.


Hahawakan ng pari ang tinapay nang bahagyang nakataas sa ibabaw ng dambana habang

kanyang patuloy na inihahayag:




at sinabi:





Ipapamalas niya ang ostiyang itinalagang maging Katawan ni Kristo, saka ipapatong sa pinggan, at luluhod siya bilang pagsamba.







at sinabi:

222











Pagbubunyi




O kaya:


aming ipinahahayag.


ay ipinagdiriwang



Pari: Ama,














223

Ama,





























Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin




224




Sundin ang loob Mo






























Bayan: Amen.




225











na ito.



maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,



















226



Siya’y makikinabang ng magalang at nakayuko sa dambana habang pabulong na nagdarasal:








Pakikinabang



huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari,










227






ang Iyong mga lingkod na nakinabang

sa pagkain at inuming Iyong bigay

ay maging lalo nawang maligaya at mapagmahal

uapng sa kanilang tahanan ay manatili ang katapatan at kapayapaan

at ang Iyong mapagtangkilik na pag-ibig ay makamtan nawa ng tanan





pinapagsalo Mo sina N. at N. (at mga anak nila) sa pakikinabang.

Pagkalooban Mo sila ng sigla at tatag ng kalooban

upang lalong mapalapit sa isa‟t isa

hanggang sa lubos na magkasalo sa langit na maligaya





dumadalangin kaming mga tumanggap ng banal na pakikinabang

upang sina N. at N. ay lingapin Mo sa yugto ng katandaan

hanggang sila ay ganap na magkasalo

sa Iyong piging na banal sa kalangitan



Bayan: Amen.

PAGTATAPOS

Pagbabasbas



228





Bayan: Amen.





Bayan: Amen.






Bayan: Amen.




Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas



229

BLESSING OF A MARRIED COUPLE OUTSIDE MASS

When the community has gathered, a suitable song may be sung. After the singing, the

minister, who is a priest or deacon may begin the celebration in the usual manner.

Priest: In the name of the Father , and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.

People: Amen.

Priest: The grace and peace of God our Father,

who exalted the marriage bond and made it the sign of Christ and his Church,

be with you all.


In the following or similar words, which should always be adapted to suit the particular

occasion, the minister prepares the couple and all present for the blessing.

Priest: We have come together to celebrate the anniversary of the marriage of our brother

and sister (or of N. and N.) As we join them in their joy, we join them also in their

gratitude. God has set them among us as a sign of his love and through the years

they have remained faithful and have fulfilled their responsibilities as parents. Let

us give thanks for all the favors N. and N. have received during their married life.

May God keep them in their love for each other, so that they may be more and

more of one mind and one heart.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

The readings may be taken from the various selections of texts used for the Nuptial Mass or Wedding Jubilees and Anniversaries.

As circumstances suggest, the minister may give those present a brief explanation of the

biblical text and tof the grace and mystery of married life, so that they may understand through faith the meaning of the celebration.

RENEWAL OF MARRIAGE VOWS

Then the minster invites the couple to pray in silence and to renew before God their sacred matrimonial commitment to each other.


you stand here today before the Lord

to give Him thanks for having shown you His love

in a very special way when He blessed

and consecrated your love on the day of your marriage.

Assuring you to stand by your side in your every need,

He entrusted the success of your married life

to you as a task and a gift.

230

You thank Him now for all these years

of shared joys and sacrifices,

perhaps also sorrow and struggles which are part of life.

You still need Him now,

that you may continue on the way of love and loyalty

which cannot but go on growing.

This Christian community rejoices with you

and asks the Lord with you that He may bless you

and keep you in His love.


May I ask you, dear brothers and sisters,

to join N. and N. in giving thanks to the Lord

for His goodness

and in praying that they may grow together

living in God‟s love.

Scrutiny

Addressing the couple, he says:

Priest: Now, please, join your right hands.

To the husband:



Husband: Yes, I do.

To the wife:



Wife: Yes, I do.

231

To the couple:

Priest: Please, pray now together the prayer for God‟s blessing:

Couple: Lord God, whose name is love

once You made our ways meet

and called us to found a home and a family.

We look back with gratitude

on the years You have given us together.

Help us to avoid the mistakes of the past and

sustain our love with Your love

that, in ever-growing unity of heart and soul,

we may reach together

Your unending marriage feast in heaven.

Bless this our wish and task.

Priest: Our help is in the name of the Lord.


Priest: May the Lord God confirm once more the consent

which you have renewed before Him

and before the Church

which I and this community represent.

And may almighty God bless you now

and continue blessing your union,

the Father, and the Son,


People: Amen.

Blessing of the Rings

The minister may say the following prayer and incense the couple’s wedding rings.

Priest: Lord, increase and consecrate the love

which N. and N. have for one another.

The wedding rings they once exchanged are the sign of their fidelity.

May they continue to prosper in the grace of the sacrament.


People: Amen.

232

Intercessions

Priest: In the tender plan of his providence, God our almighty Father has given married

love, its faithfulness and its fruitfulness, a special significance in the history of

salvation. Let us therefore callupon him, saying:

Lord, renew in your sevants their fidelity to each other.

Or: Lord, hear our prayer.

Minister: Father all-holy, you have made marriage the great symbol of Christ‟s love for his

Church; bestow on these your servants the fullness of your own love. For this we

pray:

On the 25th, 50th, or other wedding anniversary

Father all-holy, the faithful one, you ask for and respond to fidelity to your

covenant; fill with your blessing your servants who are celebrating their (25th

,

50th

, other) wedding anniversary. For this we pray.

You live in eternity with the Son and the Holy Spirit in oneness of life and

communion of love; grant that these servants of yours will be mindful of the

covenant of love they plaedged to each other through the sacrament of marriage

and never fail in their fidelity. For this we pary.

In your providence you have ordained that all genuinely human experiences

should become ways of leading the faithful to share in the mystery of Christ; grant

to your servants serenity in good times and bad and the will to stay close to Christ

and to live for him alone. For this we pray.

It is your will that married life should be a lesson in Christian living; grant that all

husbands and wives may be witnesses to the wonders o fyour Son‟s love. For this

we pray.

The Lord‟s Prayer

Priest: Gathering all our prayers and praises into one,

let us now call upon the Lord using the words Jesus taught us.

All say the Lord’s Prayer

233

Prayer of Blessing

The priest then says the following prayer with hands outstretched over the couple.

A. On 25th, 50th, or other anniversary

Priest: Lord God and Creator, we bless and praise your name.

In the beginning you made man and woman,

so that they might enter a communion of life and love.

You likewise blessed the union of Christ with his Church:

look with kindness on them today.

Amid the joys and struggles of their life

you have preserved the union begtween them;

renew their marriage covenant, increase your love in them,

and strengthen their bond of peace,

so that surrounded by their children (and grandchildren)

they may always rejoice in the gift of your blessing.


B. On other occasions

Priest: Almighty and eternal God,

you have so exalted the unbreakable bond of marriage

that it has become the sacramental sign

of your Son‟s union with the Church as his spouse.

Look with favor on N. and N., whom you have united in marriage,

as they ask for your help and the protection of the Virgin Mary.

They pray that in good times and in bad

they will grow in love for each other;

that they will resolve to be of one heart in the bond of peace.

Lord, in their struggles let them rejoice that you are near to help them;

in their needs let them know that you are themr to rescue them;

in their joys let them see that you are the source

and completion of every happiness.


People: Amen.

234

CONCLUDING RITE

The priest ends the rite with the final blessing and dismissal.


People: And with your Spirit.

He blesses first the couple.

Priest: May God, the almighty Father, give joy and peace.

People: Amen.

Priest: May the only Son of God have mercy on you and help you

in good times and in bad.

People: Amen.

Priest: May the Holy Spirit always fill your hearts with love and compassion.

Poeple: Amen.

Then he blesses all present.

Priest: And may the blessing of Almighty God, the Father,

and the Son, and the Holy Spirit

come down upon you, and remain with you for ever.

People: Amen.

Dismissal

Priest: Our celebration is ended, go in peace to love and serve the Lord.


235

SACRAMENT OF

RECONCILIATION

236

THE RITE OF RECONCILIATION OF SEVERAL PENITENTS

WITH INDIVIDUAL CONFESSION AND ABSOLUTION

Praenotanda

1. The Father has shown forth his mercy by reconciling the world to himself in Christ and

by making peace for all things on earth and in heaven by the blood of Christ on the cross.

(cf. Col. 1:20, 2 Cor. 5:18ff) The Son of God made man lived among us in order to free

us from slavery of sin and to call us out of darkness into his wonderful light (1 Pt. 2:9) He

therefore began his work on earth by preaching repentance and saying: “Repent and

believe the Gospel” (Mk. 1:15)

2. Christ “loved the Church and gave himself up for it to make it holy” (Eph. 5:25-26) and

he united the Church to himself as a bride. He filled it with his divine gifts, because it is

his Body and his fullness; through the Church he spreads truth and grace upon all.

3. In the sacrament of penance (reconciliation) the faithful “obtain from God‟s mercy

pardon for having offended him and at the same time reconciliation with the Church,

which they have wounded by their sins and which by charity, example, and prayer seeks

their conversion. (Lumen Gentium #11)

4. Since every sin is an offense against God that disrupts our friendship with him, “the

ultimate purpose of penance is that we should love God deeply and commit ourselves

completely to him.” Therefore, the sinner who by the grace of a merciful God embraces

the way of penance comes back to the Father who “first loved us” (1 Jn. 4:19), to Christ

who gave himself up for us, and to the Holy Spirit who has been poured out on us

abundantly.

5. “The hidden and gracious mystery of God unites us all through a supernatural bond: on

this basis one person‟s sin harms the rest even as one person‟s goodness enriches them.”

Penance always therefore entails reconciliation with our brethren and sisters who remain

harmed by our sins.

The Celebration of the Sacrament

1. The form of the sacrament presented in this rite is the second of three, namely the rite of

reconciliation of several penitents with individual confession and absolution. Communal

celebration shows more clearly the ecclesial nature of penance. The faithful listen

together to the Word of God, which as it proclaims his mercy invites them to conversion;

at the same time they examine the conformity of their lives and help each other through

common prayer.

2. The celebration of the Sacrament follows this structure:

a. Introductory Rites

b. The celebration of the Word of God

c. Examination of conscience

d. General formula of confession

e. Individual confession with absolution

f. The Lord‟s Prayer

g. Concluding prayer and final blessing

237

3. In circumstances, however, where the faithful who receive the sacrament are not part of a

collected group, such as in a parochial setting, the communal celebration may end with

the Lord‟s Prayer and concluding prayer, after the which the faithful may proceed with

the individual confession and absolution.

4. It must be noted that the large number of penitents and the lack of priests does not merit

“general absolution.” This is done only certain circumstances where there is imminent

danger or significant pastoral situations as expressed in the code of canon law.


1. The reconciliation of several penitents with individual confession and absolution is best

celebrated inside a church where the faithful gather for the mass and other sacraments,

since it highlights the communal nature of the sacrament of reconciliation. Furthermore,

the people have the opportunity to spend time in prayer as they prepare to confess their

sins and then to give thanks to God after receiving the absolution.

2. This form may likewise be part of a spiritual gathering, such as a retreat, a recollection,

or formation program attended by certain groups from a parish community. In this case,

the celebration may take place in a suitably prepared area, provided that there is more

private space for the individual confession and absolution.

3. The celebration may take place at any day of the year, but especially relevant during the

season of Lent which is a most opportune time for penance, in preparation for the great

feast of the Lord‟s Paschal Mystery, and as the people once again renew their baptismal

promises.

The Minister of the Celebration

1. It is bishops and priests who are the only ministers of the Sacrament of Reconciliation.

2. In this particular form of the celebration of the Sacrament, a deacon may lead the

communal celebration with the faithful. He is, however, never to join the bishops or

priests in the individual confession and absolution of penitents.

3. A suitable preparation must be considered for this celebration, particularly the availability

of several priests to hear confession.

Other Ministers

1. Lectors and a commentator. Since the Liturgy of the Word is an indispensable part of the

celebration, lectors must be ready to proclaim the Word of God, and a commentator must

be available to lead the faithful in certain parts.

2. The Music Ministry. In order to make the celebration more solemn and beautiful, the

music ministry may lead the faithful in singing at certain parts, especially about

reconciliation and conversion.

3. The Ushers and Greeters. They are to ensure that the faithful wishing to confess and

receive absolution are properly guided as they approach the confessors individually and

in an orderly manner.

238

4. Sacristans and MBG. They are to provide the priest confessors with the proper and

suitable space to hear confessions, and make sure that violet stoles are available for their

use, in case they have not brought their own.

239

THE LITURGY

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Song

When the faithful have assembled, they may sing a psalm, or other appropriate hym while

the priest makes a procession towards the sanctuary

Greeting

Priest: Grace, mercy, and peace from God our Father

who looks on our lowliness with love and from Jesus Christ

who forgives our sins be with you all.

All: And with you spirit.

Priest: My dear friends in Christ, we have come together in the Lord‟s presence to give

thanks to him for allowing us to make our journey in faith towards penance and

conversion. As we have arrived at this moment of reconciliation, we now seek his

compassion and love. Let us with humble hearts seek forgiveness for our sins and

make ourselves ready for the coming of Christ.

All pray in silence for a brief period. Then the presider sings or says the opening prayer.

Opening Prayer

Priest:. Lord,

send your Spirit among us to cleanse us

in the waters of repentance.

Make he make of us a living sacrifice so that in every place,

by his life-giving power, we may praise your glory

and proclaim your loving compassion.


All: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

One reading will suffice for the liturgy of the word. Either a reading from the Old

Testament or New Testament may be proclaimed. A Gospel reading may also be used, which is proclaimed by a deacon or the presiding celebrant himself.

EXAMINATION OF CONSCIENCE

Silence is once again observed to give the people time to reflect on the invitation of the presider, at the same time allow them to have a period of examination of conscience.

Then the presider invites all to recite together a formula for confession. The general

confession of sins concludes with the singing of the Lord’s Prayer.

240

General Confession of Sins

Priest: Aware of our own sinfulness and God‟s great mercy

which is bestowed upon us, let us altogether say:

I confess to Almighty God, and to you, my brothers and sisters,

that I have greatly sinned, in my thoughts and in my words,

in what I have done, and in what I have failed to do,

through my fault, through my fault, through my most grievous fault.

Therefore, I ask Blessed Mary Ever Virgin,

all the angels and saints, and you, my brothers and sisters,

to pray for me to the Lord, our God.

Priest: May Almighty God have mercy on us,

forgive us our sins and bring us to everlasting life.

All: Amen.

Priest: Gathering our prayers and praises into one,

let us say the prayer of filial trust.

Our Father…

IV. INDIVIDUAL CONFESSION with ABSOLUTION

After the general confession of sins, the priests proceed to their places to hear the

individual confession of the people and give them penance and absolution.

V. CONCLUDING PRAYER OF THANKSGIVING

Then the presider concludes the common prayer.

All-holy Father,

you have shown us your mercy

and made us a new creation in the likeness of your Son.

Make us living signs of your love

for the whole world to see.


All: Amen.

241

SACRAMENT OF

THE ANOINTING

OF THE SICK

242

THE SACRAMENT OF ANOINTING OF THE SICK WITHIN MASS


1. When the Church cares for the sick, it serves Christ himself in the suffering members of

his Mystical Body. When it follows the example of the Lord Jesus, who “went about

doing good and healing all” (Acts 10:38), the Church obeys his command to care for the

sick (see Mark 16:18).

2. The Church shows this solicitude not only by visiting those who are in poor health but

also by raising them up through the sacrament of anointing and by nourishing them with

the Eucharist during their illness and when they are in danger of death. Finally, the

Church offers prayers for the sick to commend them to God, especially in the last crisis

of life.

3. The pastoral care of the sick therefore, is not simply an apostolate of the Church, but is

inherent in her very nature and mission, in imitation of Christ‟s own example of mercy. It

is therefore the Church‟s duty to offer solace to those burdened by physical infirmities.

4. Since the Eucharist is the source and summit of the Christian life, and all other sacred

actions of the Church are bound up with it, flow from it, and are oriented toward it, it is

fitting to celebrate the Sacrament of Anointing within Mass and allow the sick to receive

the Lord‟s Body in Holy Communion.

5. Due prudence is to be observed in celebrating the Anointing of the Sick within Mass. If

the diocesan bishop decides that many people are to be anointed in the same celebration,

either he or his delegate should ensure that all disciplinary norms concerning anointing

are observed, as well as the norms for pastoral preparation and liturgical celebration. In

particular, the practice of indiscriminately anointing numbers of people on these

occasions simply because they are ill or have reached an advanced age is to be avoided.

Only those whose health is seriously impaired by sickness or old age are proper subjects

for the sacrament. In this regard, not all who are present in the celebration are recipients

of the sacrament.


1. The Sacrament of Anointing within Mass may take place in a church or in a suitable

place in the home of the sick person or in the hospital. The rite presented here, however,

is more appropriately used in a parochial setting, wherein several sick persons are

gathered in a church for the celebration of the two Sacraments.

2. On ferial days, the Ritual Mass for the anointing of the sick may be used, with its proper

prayers and readings indicated in the Roman Missal and Lectionary. The Ritual Mass for

the anointing of the sick is not permitted during the Easter triduum, on the solemnities of

Christmas, Epiphany, Ascension, Pentecost, Corpus Christi, or on a solemnity which is a

holy day of obligation. On these occasions, the texts and readings are taken from the

Mass of the day.

3. The anointing of the sick within Mass may be celebrated on specific occasions, such as

the Memorial of Our Lady of Lourdes, designated by the Church as “World Day of the

Sick” (February 11), during the preparation for the parish fiesta celebration, or some

occasions wherein a large number of the sick members of the community may be

243

gathered in the church. The celebration may also be held in a hospital with the permission

of the diocesan bishop, who may delegate several priests to administer the sacrament,

hear confessions, and give communion to those who are the proper subjects of anointing.


1. The Mass texts presented here is adapted from the Roman Missal, the section of Masses

for Various Needs and Occasions, #45, for the Sick. This is used when the mass for the

sick is celebrated on ferial days in which no other memorials, feasts, or solemnities

coincide. For the liturgy of the Word, the readings from the current day may be used, or

from the options provided for in the lectionary.

2. When the mass for the sick coincide with memorials, feasts, or solemnities in the general

Roman calendar, the readings and orations are taken from the proper, with the rite of

anointing done after the homily.

The Structure of the Rite

1. The mass begins in the usual manner from the introductory rites, with some remarks

made by the presider to welcome the sick who are present, up to the liturgy of the word.

2. After the homily, the rite of anointing begins with the litany, followed by the laying on of

hands, and the anointing with the oil of the sick.

3. The priests who are to administer the Sacrament should approach the sick individually for

the laying on of hands, prayer over the oil, and the anointing with oil.

4. The usual anointing on the forehead and hands is carried out for each of the recipients of

the sacrament, accompanied by the words “By this holy anointing, may the Lord in his

love and mercy help you with the grace of the Holy Spirit,” as they are anointed on the

forehead, then while the hands are anointed, “May the Lord who frees you from sin save

you and raise you up.”

5. After the anointing, the mass continues with the liturgy of the Eucharist. The General

Intercessions may be omitted.









2. The ordinary ministers of the sacrament are bishops and priests. Other duly appointed

priests may assist in administering the sacrament in this particular celebration or even

outside the mass.

244


a. Extraordinary Ministers of Holy Communion. In the absence of concelebrating

priests, there must be lay ministers of holy communion to assist in the distribution of

the Lord‟s Body especially to the sick members.

b. Music Ministry. In order to highlight the importance of this celebration, it is most

preferable that a choir be present in order to lead the community in singing.

c. The Altar Servers. Either the students or duly commissioned Altar servers from the

parish may assist at the Mass.

d. Ushers, greeters, and collectors. As with the emhc‟s, there must be a sufficient

number of ushers and greeters especially to assist the sick who are present and who

will receive the sacrament.

245

THE LITURGY

INTRODUCTORY RITES

When the people have assembled, and everything is prepared, the Mass begins in

the usual manner.

Entrance Procession

Greeting

Priest: In the name of the Father, and of the Son,


People: Amen.

Priest: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God,

and the communion of the Holy Spirit be with you all.

Or:


Or, if the bishop presides:

Peace be with you.


Introduction

The presider introduces the Mass with the following or similar words:

Priest: Brothers and sisters, Christ taught His disciples to be a community of love. In

praying together, in sharing all things, and in caring for the sick, they recalled His

words, “Insofar as you did this to one of these least ones, you did it to Me.” We

gather today to witness to this teaching and pray in the name of Jesus to the healer

that the sick may be restored to health. Through this Eucharist and anointing we

invoke His healing power.

Penitential Rite

Priest: And so, let us acknowledge our failures

to prepare ourselves to celebrate the sacred mysteries.

246


say together:






All strike their breasts










People: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison







Gloria







247











with the Holy Spirit, in the glory of God the Father.

Amen.

Collect



O God,

who willed that our infirmities

be borne by Your Only Begotten Son

to show the value of human suffering,

listen in kindness to our prayers

for our brothers and sisters who are sick;

grant that all who are oppressed by pain,

distress or other afflictions

may know that they are chosen

among those proclaimed blessed

and are united to Christ in His suffering

for the salvation of the world.




People: Amen.

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm


Gospel

Homily

248

RITE OF ANOINTING

Litany

The priest may adapt or shorten the litany according to the condition of the sick persons.

Priest: Let us pray to God for our brothers and sisters and for all those who

devote themselves to caring for them.

Bless our brothers and sisters and fill them with new hope and

strength: Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Relieve their pain: Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Free them from sin and do not let them give way to temptation:

Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Sustain all the sick with Your power: Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Assist all who care for the sick: Lord, have mercy.


Priest: Give life and health to our brothers and sisters

on whom we lay our hands and in Your name: Lord, have mercy.


Laying on of hands

In silence, the priest lays his hands on the head of each sick person. If there are several

priests present, each one lays hands on some of the sick.

249

Prayer over the Oil

After the laying on of hands, the priest returns to the chair and says a prayer of

thanksgiving over blessed oil, while assisting ministers present the Oil of the Sick.

Priest: Praise to You, God, the almighty Father.

You sent Your Son to live among us and bring us salvation.

People: Blessed be God who heals us in Christ.

Priest: Praise to You, God, the Only-Begotten Son.

You humbled Yourself to share in our humanity

and You heal our infirmities.


Priest: Praise to You, God, the Holy Spirit, the Consoler.

Your unfailing power gives us strength in our bodily weakness.


Priest: God of mercy,

ease the sufferings and comfort the weakness of Your servants

whom the Church anoints with this holy oil.


People: Amen.

Anointing

The priest anoints the sick person with blessed oil. If there are large numbers of sick

people to be anointed, other priests may assist the celebrant. Each priest anoints some of

the sick using the following form.

First, he anoints the forehead saying:

Priest: Through this holy anointing, may the Lord in His love and mercy

help you with the grace of the Holy Spirit.

Recipient: Amen.

Then he anoints the hands, saying:

Priest: May the Lord who frees you from sin save you and raise you up.

Recipient: Amen.

250

The sacramental form is said only once, for the anointing of the forehead and hands, and

is not repeated.

Depending upon the culture and traditions of the place, as well as the condition of the

sick persons, the priest may also anoint additional parts of the body, for example, the

area of pain or injury. He does not repeat the sacramental form.

When the anointing is done, the priest washes his hands and proceeds to the chair. All

stand for the prayer after anointing.

Prayer after Anointing

Priest: Father in heaven,

through this holy anointing

grant our brothers and sisters comfort in their suffering.

When they are afraid, give them courage,

when afflicted, give them patience,

when dejected, afford them hope,

when alone assure them of the support of Your holy people.


People: Amen.

The general intercessions are omitted since they are already included in the litany. The people are seated for the preparation of the gifts and the altar.



The Liturgy of the Eucharist begins with the preparation of the altar and the gifts. The altar is prepared in the usual way by the Priest and some other ministers. The choir may

sing appropriate songs.

The Priest, standing at the altar, takes the paten with the bread and holds it slightly







251





























252


When the altar has been prepared, the assembly stands for the invitation to prayer. All

stand for the Prayer Over the Offerings.









Priest: Celebrating the memorial of our salvation,

we humbly beseech Your mercy, O Lord,

that this Sacrament of Your loving kindness

may be for us the sign of unity and the bond of charity.


People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

The Preface











253

You have revealed to us in Christ the healer

Your unfailing power and steadfast compassion.

In the splendor of His rising

Your Son conquered suffering and death

and bequeathed to us His promise

of a new and glorious world,

where no bodily pain will afflict us

and no anguish of spirit.

Through Your gift of the Spirit,

You bless us, even now,

with comfort and healing,

strength and hope,

forgiveness and peace.

In this supreme sacrament of Your love

You give us the risen body of Your Son:

a pattern of what we shall become

when He returns again at the end of time.

And so, with Angels and Archangels,

with Thrones and Dominions,

and with all the hosts of Powers of heaven,

as we sing the hymn of Your glory

without end we acclaim:














254


together, saying:



He joins his hands.








He bows slightly.




He shows the consecrated host to the people, places it again on the paten, and genuflects in adoration.







He bows slightly.







255


Then he says:
























and all the clergy.

Remember also those who ask for healing

in the name of Your Son,

that they may never cease to praise You

for the wonders of Your power.





256







He joins his hands.


Final Doxology

The priest holds aloft the paten with bread and chalice and alone, or with concelebrating priests if there are any, and sings or says the final doxology. No other ministers, and the congregation

are to join in this proclamation.





FOR EVER AND EVER.

People: Amen.

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer



we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







257

Embolism









Invitation to Peace









People: Amen.














have mercy on us.

258


have mercy on us.


grant us peace.




The people kneel. Then the Priest, with hands joined, says quietly:









Or:


Lord Jesus Christ,

















259






Communion

While communion is being distributed, the choir may sing some appropriate Eucharistic songs.


the paten over the chalice and also the chalice itself.






Then the Priest may return to the chair. If appropriate, a sacred silence may be observed for a while, or a psalm or other canticle of praise or a hymn may be sung.

Then the Priest sings or recites the Post-Communion Prayer while the people stand.




O God, only support of our human weakness,

show the power of Your protection

over Your servants who are sick,

that, sustained by Your merciful help,

they may be restored to Your holy Church in good health.


People: Amen.

260

CONCLUDING RITE

Final Blessing




May Your people receive Your holy blessing,

O Lord, we pray, and, by that gift,

spurn all that would harm them

and obtain what they desire.



Priest: And may almighty God bless you, the Father,


People: Amen.

Dismissal

Priest: Go in peace, glorifying the Lord by Your life.


261

PAGDIRIWANG NG MISA

AT SAKRAMENTO NG PAGPAPAHID NG LANGIS SA MGA MAYSAKIT

PASIMULA




Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati




Bayan: Amen.





O kaya:



Pagsisisi sa Kasalanan










262

Kaya isinasamo ko








Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison







Papuri sa Diyos






niloob mong akuin ng iyong Anak

ang aming karamdaman upang maipakita mo

ang kagitingan sa pagtitiis sa kahirapan.

Dinggin mo ang aming mga dalangin

para sa mga may karamdamang pinagtitiisan

upang sa pagbabata ng pagkakasakit at kahirapan

kanilang madamang sila pala ay kabilang

sa mapalad na hinirang

at matantong sila‟y katambal ni Kristo sa pagpapakasakit

para sa sangkatauhan bilang Tagapamagitan


263


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Ikalawang Pagbasa (kung Linggo at mga Pagdiriwang ng Misa alinsunod sa minimithing

patungkulan)


Mabuting Balita

Homiliya


ANG SAKRAMENTO NG PAGPAPAHID NG LANGIS

Litaniya

Pari: Mga kapatid, manalangin tayo nang may pananampalataya

sa Panginoon para sa ating mga kapatid na maysakit:

Panginoon, ang pagpapahid nawang ito ng banal na langis

ay maghatid ng iyong pakikipag-isa at lakas

alang-alang sa iyong dakilang pag-ibig.

Panginoon, dinggin mo kami.

Pari: Palayain mo ang mga kapatid naming ito mla sa lahat ng kasamaan.

Lahat: Panginoon dinggin mo kami.

Pari: Palakasin mo ang loob nitong mga maysakit upang mapagtiisan nila ang kanilang

karamdaman.


Pari: Tulungan mong gumanap sa kanilang paglilingkod ang mga nakatalaga para sa

pag-aalaga ng mga maysakit.


Pari: Palayain mo ang mga kapatid naming ito mula sa kasalanan

at lahat ng tukso.


264

Pari: Gawaran mo ng buhay at kalusugan itong aming mga kapatid

bilang bunga ng aming pagpapataong ng kamay sa kanila

na ginagawa sa iyong ngalan.



Tahimik na ipapatong ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay sa ulo ng mga maysakit. Kung

maraming maysakit, ang iba pang mga pari ay maaring tumulong sa pagpapatong ng mga kamay.

Panalangin ng Pasasalamat

Dadalhin sa pari ang langis ng mga maysakit habang dinadasal ang Panalangin ng Pasasalamat

Pari: Makapangyarihang Diyos at maibiging Ama,

sinugo mo ang iyong Anak upang makipamuhay sa amin

at maghatid ng iyong kaligtasan.

Pinupuri ka namin at pinasasalamatan, O Diyos Ama.

Lahat: Pinupuri ka namin at pinasasalamatan, O Diyos Ama.

Pari: O Hesukristo, bugtong na Anak ng Diyos Ama,

ikaw ay buong kababaang loob na nakiisa sa aming pamumuhay bilang tao at

niloob mong pagalingin ang laht ng aming karamdaman. Pinpupuri ka namin at

pinasasalamatan, O Diyos Anak.

Lahat: Pinupuri ka namin at pinasasalamatan, O Dios Anak.

Pari: Diyos Espiritu Santo,

Ikaw ang tumutulong at nagmamahal sa amin bilang Kaibigan, pinagagaling mo

ang aming karamdaman

sa pamamagitan ng iyong kapangyarihan.

Pinupuri ka namin at pinasasalamatan, O Diyos Espiritu Santo.

Lahat: Pinupuri ka namin at pinasasalamatan, O Diyos Espiritu Santo.

Pari: O Diyos Ama, taglay ang pananampalataya sa iyo

itong aming mga kapatid ay papahiran nitong banal na langis. Pagaanin mo ang

kanilang tiisin at palakasin mo sila

sa sandaling ito ng kanilang kahinaan.

Hinihiling namin ito sa pamamagitan

ni Hesukristong aming Panginoon.

Lahat: Amen.

265

Pagpapahid ng Banal na Langis

Kukunin ng mga pari ang langis at papahiran ang mga maysakit sa noo at sa mga

kamay, samantalang sinasabi ng minsanan ang sumusunod.

Pari: Sa bisa nitong pagpapahid ng banal na langis

at alang-alang sa pag-ibig at awa sa iyo ng Panginoon,

tulungan ka nawa niya sa pamamagitan ng biyaya ng Espiritu Santo.

Maysakit: Amen.

Pari: Tinubos ka ng Panginoon mula sa kasalanan.

Gawaran ka nawa niya ng kagalingan, lakas at kaligtasan.

Maysakit: Amen.

Panalangin Pagkaraan ng Pagpapahid ng Langis

Pagkaraa’y dadasalin ng pari ang sumusunod na panalangin.

Pari: Panginoong Hesukristo, aming Manunubos,

sa kapangyarihan ng Espiritu Santo,

pagaanin mo ang mga tinitiis

nitong aming mga kapatid na maysakit

at sila‟y iyong pagalingin.

Alang-alang sa iyong pag-ibig at awa

patawarin mo ang kanilang mga kasalanan

at pagkalooban mo sila ng ganap na kalusugan

upang muli silang makabalik

sa paglilingkod sa iyo at sa kapwa tao,

Panginoong nabubuhay at naghahari


Lahat: Amen.


Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Mauuna ang mga may dala ng iba’t ibang

alay para sa Simbahan o sa mga nangangailangan, at sa kahulihan ay ang tinapay at alak. Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng mga tagapaglingkod ang telang

patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa

ibabaw ng dambana.

266

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang pari sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawakan niya ang

pinggan ng tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:







madarasal ng malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:


Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis habang

dinarasal ng pabulong:




Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis ng bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana habang dinarasal niya ng pabulong:






Kapag hindi ginaganap ang awit ng pag-aalay, ang mga pangungusap na ito ay madarasal ng malakas ng pari at ang katapusan makapagbubunyi ang mga tao:






Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng pari ang mga alay at ang dambana;

pagkaraa’y iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang pari at ang mga

nagsisimba.

267


















ngayong ang aming katubusan ay aming ginugunita,

kami‟y dumadalangin at nagmamakaawa

na ang ginaganap namin ay maging pananda

ng pagkakaisa at pag-ibig na sangla ng Manunubos naming si

Hesukristo na namamagitan kasama ng Espiritu Santo


Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo sa mga Linggo sa Karaniwang Panahon

Ang Mistyeryo ng Pasko ng Pagkabuhay at ng Bayan ng Diyos






268





Sa dakilang pagtubos nya sa amin

ang kasalana‟t kamatayang aming pasanin

ay binalikat niya upang kami‟y palayain

at maitampok sa iyong luningning.

Siya ang nagtanghal sa amin bilang liping hinirang,

pari at haring lingkod sa iyong kamahalan.

Mula sa kadiliman, kami‟y iyong tinawag

upang makasapit sa iyong liwanag

bilang iyong angkang may tungkuling

maglahad ng iyong dakilang pag-ibig sa lahat.





Sanctus




ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!



Osana sa kaitaasan!











269










at sinabi:

Bahagyang yuyuko ang obispo.







Hahawakan ng obispo ang kalis at bahagyang itataas sa dambana, habang kanyang





at sinabi:

Bahagyang yuyuko ang obispo:








270




Pagbubunyi




O kaya:


aming ipinahahayag.


ay ipinagdiriwang



Pari: Ama,














Ama,











271












Hahawakan ng pari ang pinggang may ostia at ang kalis na kapwa niyang itataas

habang kanyang ipinapahayag:







Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin







Sundin ang loob Mo









272






















Bayan: Amen.













273


na ito.



maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,



Ito ay mauulit-ulit habang ginaganap ang paghahati-hati sa tinapay. Sa huling pag-uulit saka pa lamang idudugtong ang “ipagkaloob Mo sa amin ang kapayapaan.”










O kaya:

Ang pakikinabang sa Katawan at Dugo Mo, Panginoong Hesukristo,




nawa’y aking matanggap









274


nagdarasal:








Pakikinabang



huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari, pabulong siyang magdarasal:













Ikaw ang tanging lakas na umaalalay

sa aming kahinaan

kaya‟t ipamalas mo ang iyong pagtulong

sa mga nasa karamdaman

upang sa iyong kagandahang-loob

sila‟y maging dapat magtaglay ng kagalingan

para makapisan ng iyong banal na Sambayanan

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo kasama ng Espiritu Santo, magpasawalang

hanggan.

275

PAGTATAPOS



Pagbabasbas

Pari: Magsiyuko kayo samantalang iginagawad ang pagpapala.

Ilalahad ng pari ang kanyang mga kamay sa mga tao habang nananalangin.

Ama naming magpagpala,

ipagkaloob Mong makilala ng Iyong bayan

ang ipinahayag na sinasampalatayanan

at mahalin ang tinanggap sa pagdiriwang

na banal na pakikinabang



Bayan: Amen.



Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas



276

THANKSGIVING

MASS FOR

GRADUATING

STUDENTS

277

THE THANKSGIVING MASS FOR GRADUATING STUDENTS


1. The Graduation Mass is celebrated as an act of thanksgiving for the accomplishment of

the students of a particular school or academic institution, as well as the students‟ parents,

and the school‟s faculty, staff and personnel.

2. Due care is to be considered in the preparation and celebration of the GraduationMass,

especially in the application of the appropriate liturgical principles, as well as the

observance of the dignity and solemnity of the celebration.

3. In order to preserve the Solemnity of the celebration and its character of being an act of

worship, the graduation ceremonies are not to be inserted within the Baccalaureate Mass.

Moreover, unless there is a serious reason, a church or chapel may not be used to hold the

graduation ceremonies.

4. The notes written in red italicized fonts are called rubrics. They are meant to guide the

assembly as well as those preparing for the celebration with regard to the actions and

rituals.


1. The Graduation3e

Mass is most appropriately celebrated inside the church, a chapel or an oratory under the

territorial jurisdiction of the parish to which the school belongs. If circumstances dictate,

it may also be held in a worthy and dignified place in the school, such as a gymnasium, or

an auditorium. In this case, however, it must be ensured that the utmost dignity and

solemnity of the celebration be strictly observed in terms of the decoration, the vesture

and the materials used. Under no circumstances should these be compromised for the

sake of convenience or due to the lack of preparation.

2. The following items are to be prepared:

a. A table that is big enough to be used as the altar, and covered with a clean, white

cloth.

b. A cross and two candles

c. A smaller table as a credence table

d. Seats for the presider and other liturgical ministers

e. A proper sound 8system

3. The Graduation\ Mass may be held at any appropriate day of the week, even on days

where a Solemnity is observed, in which case the Prayer Formularies and Scriptural

readings of the Proper will be used. If pastoral reasons dictate, this may also be

celebrated on Sundays and within the regularly scheduled Masses of the parish, as long as

the faithful are not left out of place.


1. The Mass texts are dependent on the following elements:

a. The liturgical season. Masses celebrated within the Season Lent require the prayer

formularies and texts of the current weekday. The Gloria and Alleluia are omitted.

278

b. The Proper celebration of the day. If the mass falls on a particular day where a

Solemnity is observed, the prayer formularies and readings follow the Proper of

the day. (e.g., if the Mass falls on March 19, the Solemnity of St. Joseph, Husband

of Mary, is used). The Gloria is sung if it is required by the Proper celebration of

the day. The Alleluia during Lent is always omitted.

2. Under no circumstances is any person allowed to use freely composed presidential

prayers for the celebration of the mass.

3. The same principle applies to the readings of the Baccalaureate Mass. The Responsorial

Psalm, in particular, being an integral part of the Liturgy of the Word, must not be

changed arbitrarily. They are selected in view of their connection with the other readings

of the Mass.

4. In the Philippine setting, the Graduation Mass is most likely celebrated within the Season

of Lent. In this case, the proper liturgical principles are observed, such as the following:

a. The Gloria is not sung or recited (unless it falls during one of the Solemnities).

b. The Alleluia is omitted but the verse before the Gospel is sung or read.

c. The appropriate songs for Lent are used, and those approved for use in the liturgy.

d. The decorations are minimal in keeping with the Lenten character of sobriety and

penitence.









2. The presider of the Eucharistic celebration is preferably the parish priest or school

director, or his designated priest representative. This is to highlight the connection of the

academic institution with the parish to which it belongs. If, however, a priest who is not

connected to the parish, nor is incardinated in the diocese is invited to preside over the

Eucharist, due permission must be sought from the parish priest, and the invited priest

must show his celebret as proof of his good standing with another diocese or a religious

congregation.


a. The commentator and Lectors. These may be assigned to the students‟ parents or

other family members, the faculty or staff, or the students themselves. It is

preferable that those assigned to proclaim the readings are duly commissioned

lectors serving in the parish. If however, this Is not the case, those tasked as

lectors and commentators must be instructed and trained by duly commissioned

lectors. It must always be remembered that the Word of God is of utmost

importance and must therefore be proclaimed in an audible, clear and intelligent

manner so that those listening to it may benefit from its graces.

279

b. Extraordinary Ministers of Holy Communion. Those who are in charge of the

planning of the Baccalaureate Mass must coordinate effectively with the parish to

which the school belongs regarding the assistance of Extraordinary Ministers of

Holy Communion. A sufficient number must be present to help in the distribution

of communion to avoid the unnecessary extension of the celebration. In any case

that there is a huge number of students and not enough ministers, the presider

may, on that particular occasion alone, deputize the teachers or other school staff

to assist in the distribution of holy communion.

c. Music Ministry. The choirs, instrumentalists, and chorale director must consult

beforehand with the Music Ministry coordinator of the parish, or with the parish

priest regarding the set of songs that will be used for the Mass. Secular songs or

religious songs but not approved for use in the liturgy must not be sung.

d. The Altar Servers. Either the students or duly commissioned Altar servers from

the parish may assist during the Mass. They must however, display the proper

decorum and add to the holiness of the celebration, and at the same time

participate actively with the community. They are to stay in their designated

places at all times except when they are performing their respective duties and

functions.

e. Ushers, greeters, and collectors. As with the ministers of holy communion, there

must be a sufficient number of ushers and greeters to assist in welcoming the

faithful or in arranging the seats for those participating in the celebration. The

faculty members and staff, or catechists must assist especially in maintaining

order and discipline among the students if necessary.

On the Individual Parts of the Celebration

1. There is no place in the celebration for “symbolic offerings.” During the presentation of

the gifts, only the following are to be brought in procession: gifts for the poor or the

church; monetary donations for the church‟s apostolate; and finally, the bread and wine

which will become the body and blood of Christ. The medals, certificates, and other

items are not to be brought in procession.

2. The General Intercessions may be freely composed to include the intentions of the

participants in the celebration. These, however, must observe the proper liturgical

principles regarding the faithful‟s prayer.

a. The intentions follow the given pattern:

i. For the needs of the Church (including Church leaders)

ii. For public authorities

iii. For those burdened by any kind of difficulty

iv. For the local community

b. The intentions may include those of the participants in the celebration, the

students and their parents, or the faculty and staff of the school.

c. The theme of the General Intercessions may likewise be based on certain values

highlighted in the Gospel of the day.

d. The intentions of the General Intercession must be composed in a concise, direct,

and intelligent manner.

280

3. Before the Final Blessing and after the Post Communion Prayer, the presider may give a

special prayer of blessing over the graduating students.

4. There is no need for the students or school administration to recite any prayers of

thanksgiving since the entire celebration of the Mass is a prayer of thanksgiving itself.

281

THE LITURGY

INTRODUCTORY RITES

Entrance Hymn

After the entrance of the bridal entourage and everyone has taken their proper places,

including the bride and the groom, the choir sings an appropriate entrance song while the presider goes from the sacristy to the sanctuary.

Upon reaching the altar, the presider makes the appropriate gesture of reverence and then goes to the chair. After the entrance song, the Mass begins.

Priest: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ,

and the love of God,

and the communion of the Holy Spirit

be with you all.

Or



The presider introduces the Mass with the following or similar words.

Priest: The Lord has gathered us today to be thankful for his wonderful gift of knowledge

and wisdom, as we witness these young men and women accomplish a great task

in their lives. With grateful hearts, let us then call upon him who is the source of

every blessing and grace.

Penitential Rite

Priest: My brothers and sisters,

let us acknowledge our failures,


After a brief moment of silence for examination of conscience, the priest and people say together:

I confess to almighty God,

and to you my brothers and sisters,


in my thoughts, and in my words, in what I have done,

and in what I have failed to do.

Through my fault, through my fault, through my most grievous fault.

282

And I ask the blessed Mary, ever virgin,

all the angels and saints and you, my brothers and sisters,



forgive us our sins, and bring us to everlasting life.

People: Amen.

Other forms of the penitential rite, as described in the Roman Missal, may also be used.

After the formula of general confession and absolution, the choir may sing the Kyrie








Gloria


Collect

The priest sings or says the Collect:



O God…

Through our Lord Jesus Christ,

your Son, who lives and reigns with you

in the unity of Holy Spirit, one God, for ever and ever.

People: Amen.

283

LITURGY OF THE WORD

First Reading

Responsorial Psalm (Second Reading on Sundays and Solemnities)

Alleluia.

Gospel

Homily (Profession of Faith on Sundays and Solemnities)

The Prayers of the Faithful

The assembly stands for the Prayers of the Faithful.

Priest: Let us pray dear brothers and sisters to our loving Father who comes to the aid of

his people in their need. For every petition, our response is:

Lord, graciously hear us.

Reader: For the holy Church spread over the world, that through the inspiration of the

Holy Spirit, and the leadership of Pope Francis, she may continue to become the

instrument of God‟s graciousness to all. Let us pray to the Lord.

For the leaders of governments, that they may promote justice, equality and

peace, as well as the just distribution of the goods of the earth according to the

values of God‟s heavenly kingdom. Let us pray to the Lord.

For those burdened by difficulties, whether physical, emotional, or spiritual, that

they may receive God‟s manifold graces through the goodness of their neighbors.


For the leaders of the Church, bishops and priests, religious men and women, and

their lay collaborators, that they may continue to spread the Good News of God‟s

kingdom by the holiness of their lives as servants of his people. Let us pray to the

Lord.

For these graduating students, that they may continue to use God‟s gift of

knowledge and wisdom to become productive members of society, and contribute

to the building up of God‟s kingdom on earth. Let us pray to the Lord.

For N., (mention the name of the Academic Institution or school), its

administrative staff, members of the faculty and personnel, that they may continue

to train and guide their students into well-formed individuals and God-fearing

men and women.

284

Priest: Almighty, eternal God, look down with favor upon your servants, and listen with

love to their prayers and petitions. Grant them the grace to become channels of

your grace. Through Christ our Lord.

People: Amen.


Preparation of the Gifts and the Altar

The Liturgy of the Eucharist begins with the preparation of the altar and the gifts. If there

are offerings to be brought forward, some of the assembly march in procession from the

entrance of the chapel to the sanctuary in the following order: first, those bringing fruits or other similar offerings, then the faithful carrying the wine, and finally the faithful

carrying the bread. They are received at the base of the sanctuary by the priest. The choir

and assembly sing appropriate songs.

If there is no procession with the gifts, the altar is prepared in the usual way by the priest



When the altar has been prepared the assembly stands for the invitation to prayer.

Priest: Pray my brothers and sisters that my sacrifice and yours

may acceptable to God, the Almighty Father.

People: May the Lord accept the sacrifice at your hands,

for the praise and glory of his name,

for our good and the good of all his Holy Church.

Prayer Over the Gifts

Priest: Lord…


People: Amen.

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER

Preface




285




Priest: It is truly right and just, our duty and our salvation, always and everywhere to

give you thanks. Lord, Holy Father, almighty and ever-living God.

…May our voices blend with theirs

as we join in their unending hymn:


The choir and people sing the Sanctus.

People: Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of hosts. Heaven and earth are full of your glory,

Hosanna in the highest. Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord,


Customarily, the people kneel after the Sanctus. However, if circumstances do not permit, they may remain standing during the continuation of the Eucharistic Prayer.









together, saying:



He joins his hands.



286






He bows slightly.





adoration.







He bows slightly.








Then he says:




287





















and all the clergy.

Remember also those who ask for healing

in the name of Your Son,

that they may never cease to praise You

for the wonders of Your power.











He joins his hands.


288

Final Doxology

The priest holds aloft the paten with bread and chalice and alone, or with concelebrating priests

if there are any, and sings or says the final doxology. No other ministers, and the congregation are to join in this proclamation.





FOR EVER AND EVER.

People: Amen.

COMMUNION RITE

The Lord‟s Prayer



we dare to say:



Thy kingdom come,

Thy will be done







Embolism









289

Invitation to Peace









People: Amen.







Then the Priest takes the host, breaks it over the paten, and places a small piece in the chalice, saying quietly:






have mercy on us.


have mercy on us.


grant us peace.



290


The people kneel. Then the Priest, with hands joined, says quietly:









Or:


Lord Jesus Christ,





The Priest genuflects, take the host and holding it slightly raised above the paten or above the chalice, while facing the people, says aloud:
















291

Communion


songs.

When the distribution of Communion is over, the Priest or Deacon or an acolyte purifies the paten over the chalice and also the chalice itself.






Then the Priest may return to the chair. If appropriate, a sacred silence may be observed

for a while, or a psalm or other canticle of praise or a hymn may be sung.

Then the Priest sings or recites the Post-Communion Prayer while the people stand.




O God…


People: Amen.

CONCLUDING RITE

Prayer of Blessing Over the Graduating Students

The priest then invites the students to bow their heads. He recites this prayer with

his extended over the students.

Priest: God, our Loving Father,

you are the author of life

and the giver of every blessing.

You endowed man, your humble creation,

with the gift knowledge, wisdom, and understanding,

and you deem him worthy to make use of these blessings

to enrich the earth until it comes to its fullest perfection

when Christ returns in his glory.

292

Grant to these young men and women

the sufficiency of your gifts

so that they may grow to become

the hope of future generations.

May they become true witnesses of the Gospel,

spreading far and wide the goodness of your will.

Guide them with your hand,

so that as they go out into the world,

they may give glory to your name

and bring perfection to humanity

by the holiness of their lives.

Through our Lord, Jesus Christ, your Son,

who lives and reigns with you in the unity of the Holy Spirit, one God, for ever

and ever.

Final Blessing



The priest faces the assembly and gives the final blessing.

Priest: And may almighty God bless you all, the Father,


People: Amen.

Dismissal

Priest: The Mass is ended, go in the peace of Christ.


293

ANG MISA NG PASASALAMAT

PARA SA MGA MAGTATAPOS NA MAG-AARAL

Mga Paunang Pahayag

1. Ang Misa ng Pagtatapos ay isang pagdiriwang ng pasasalamat ng mga mag-aaral para sa

tinamong tagumpay sa ilang taon na kanilang iginugol sa pagsisikap upang makatapos sa

isang yugto ng kanilang pag-aaral. Kabilang sa mga nagpapasalamat ay ang kanilang mga

magulang, ang mga guro at mga namumuno sa paaralan.

2. Upang mapaniguro ang kaayusan at paggalang sa pagdiriwnag ng Misa, ang mga

tuntunin ng liturhiya ay kailangang bigyan ng pagpapahalaga simula sa paghahanda

hanggang sa mismong pagdiriwang.

3. Upang mapanatili ang pagiging sagrado ng pagdiriwang ng Misa, ang rito ng pagtatapos

ng mga mag-aaral ay hindi dapat isagawa sa loob ng Misa. Hindi rin nararapat na ang

mga ito ay idaos sa loob ng simbahan.

4. Ang mga talata na nakatakda sa pulang mga titik ay ang mga gabay para sa maayos at

magalang na pagdiriwang ng banal na Misa. Ang mga ito ay dapat isa-alang alang sa

paghahanda.

Ang Lugar at Panahon ng Pagdiriwang

1. Ang Misa ng Pagtatapos ay nararapat na ipagdiwang sa loob ng simbahan. Kung ito ay

ipagdiriwang sa paaralan ng mga magtatapos, mahalangang ipagsa-alang alang ang

kaayusan ng lugar kung saan ito idaraos. Nararapat na ito ay nakaayon sa mga

pamantayan ng liturhiya. Ang ilan sa mga gamit na kailangang ihanda ay ang mga

sumusunod:

a. Isang lamesa na magsisilbing altar na may sapat na laki upang mailagay ang mga

kagamitan para sa pagdiriwang ng Misa. Ito ay tatakpan ng malinis na puting

mantel.

b. Kandila at Krusipiho na maaaring ipatong sa ibabaw ng altar.

c. Upuan para sa tagapagdiwang ng Misa at sa kasamang mga tagapaglingkod sa

pagdiriwang.

d. Isang maayos at mabisang “sound system” lalo na kung may malaking bilang ng

mga makikibahagi sa pagdiriwang.

2. Ang Misa ng Pagtatapos ay maaaring ipagdiwang ano mang araw sa loob ng isang

linggo. Nakasalalay sa araw ng pagdiriwang ang gagamiting mga panalangin, mga

pagbasa at iba pang mahahalagang bahagi ng misa. Kung labis na kinakailangan, ito ay

maaari ding ipagdiwang sa araw ng Linggo, kasabay ng mga karaniwang nakatakdang

Misa. Kailangan lamang na masiguro na hindi maipagsasawalang bahala ang pamayanan

na kasama sa pagdiriwang.

294

Ang mga Mapipiling Panalangin

1. Ang mga panalangin at iba pang bahagi ng Misa ay nakasalalay sa mga sumusunod:

a. Ang hanay ng mga panahon. Kung ang pagdiriwang ng Misa ay ginaganap kapag

Panahon ng Kwaresma, ang Papuri sa Diyos at Alleluia ay hindi inaawit. Ang

mga Panalangin at Pagbasa ay hango sa kasalukuyang araw.

b. Hanay ng mga Banal. Kung ang pagdiriwang ay gaganapin sa anumang mga

Kapistahan ng mga Banal, susundin ang mga Panalangin at Pagbasa mula sa

kasalukuyang pagdiriwang. (Hal. Kung ang Misa ay ipinagdiriwang sa ika-19 ng

Marso, gagamitin ang Dakilang Kapistahan ni San Jose na Kabiyak ni Maria.

Samakatuwid, may dalawang pagbasa, at ang Papuri ay aawitin). Ang Papuri ay

aawitin kung ito‟y hinihingi ng kasalukuyang pagdiriwang, ngunit ang Alleluia ay

kailanman hindi inaawit kapag panahon ng Kwaresma.

2. Hindi kailanman ipinapahintulot ang paglalathala ng mga panalangin sa pagdiriwang ng

Misa, lalo na ang mga nakatakda sa paring tagapagdiwang.

3. Kung panahon ng Kwaresma, hindi nilalagyan ng mga palamuti ang pagdarausan ng

Misa bilang pagkilala sa diwa ng panahon. Gayndin ang mga awit ay naka-ayon sa diwa

ng panahon ng Kwaresma.

Ang mga Tagapalingkod sa Pagdiriwang

1. Upang maging maayos at tunay na kapaki-pakinabang ang pagdiriwang ng Misa ng

Pagtatapos, ang lahat ay kinakailangang maglaan ng masusing paghahanda para sa

kanilang gagamapan sa pagdiriwang. Nararapat na isa-alang alang ang aktibong

pakikilahok ng pamayanan sa pagdiriwang ng Misa.

2. Ang punong tagapagdiwang ng Misa ng Pagtatapos ay hangga‟t maaari ay ang kura

paroko o direktor ng paaralan, o isang paring kanyang itinalaga. Ito ay para mabigyan ng

pagpapahalaga ng pagkabilang ng paaralan sa parokya. Kung may ibang magmimisa,

kailangan syang magpakita ng mga karampatang patunay na sya ay maaaring

makapagmisa sa anumang lugar at may bias ang kanyang ministeryo. Pangunahin dito ay

ang kanyang “celebret.”

3. Ang iba pang mga tagapaglingkod sa pagdiriwang.

a. Lectors and Commentator. Kung ito ay karaniwang ginagawa sa isang parokya,

ang mga nakatakdang lektor ang siyang magpapahayag ng Salita ng Diyos sa

Misa ng Pagtatapos. Maaari ding iatas sa mga mag-aaral o mga guro ang

pagpapahayag ng Diyos, ngunit kailangang sila ay turuan at gabayan ng mga

karaniwang lektor ng parokya patungkol sa tamang paraan ng pagpapahayag ng

Salita ng Diyos. Ito ay upang masiguro na mapapanatili ang karangalan ng Salita

ng Diyos.

b. Extraordinary Ministers of Holy Communion. Ang maayos na pakikipag-ugayan

sa mga lingkod na ito ay kinakailangan lalo‟t higit kung may malaking bilang ng

mga dadalo sa pagdiriwang. Sa anumang kalagayan na kulangin ang EMHC at

maraming tatanggap ng banal na komunyon, ang paring nagmimisa ay maaaring

mag-atas sa ilan sa mga guro o pamunuan ng paraalan upang tumulong sa

pagsusubo ng Katawan ng Panginoon.

295

c. Music Ministry. Ang koro at musikero ay maaaring maglingkod sa pagdiriwang.

Ang mga awitin ay dapat na naaayon sa mga tuntunin ng liturhiya at sa

kasalukuyang panahon ng simbahan. Kung Panahon ng Kuwaresma, hindi inaawit

ang Papuri sa Diyos, malibang nakatapat ang pagdiriwang sa isang dakilang

kapistahan. Ang alleluia ay hindi inaawit.

d. Altar Servers. Ang mga karaniwang Altar Servers ay maaaring maglingkod sa

pagdiriwang. Maaari din ang mga mag-aaral, kung sila ay naglilingkod sa

parokya. Mariing ipinapaalala na ang mga lingkod na ito ay dapat na magpakita

ng kaayusan at paggalang sa pagdiriwang. Hindi sila maaaring palakad-lakad o

nanatili sa loob ng sakristiya.

e. Ushers, Greeters, and Collectors. Ang mga lingkod na ito ay maaaring tumulong

sa pagsasa-ayos ng mga lugar na uupuan ng mga kabilang sa pagdiriwang,

tumulong sa pagpapanatili ng kaayusan at katahimikan, at umalalay sa anumang

pangangailangan sa pagdiriwang.

Ang Iba‟t ibang Bahagi ng Banal na Misa

1. Sa bahagi ng Paghahanda ng mga Alay at ng Altar, ang tanging iaalay ay ang mga

sumusunod: ang mga handog para sa mga dukha o sa simbahan, (de lata, bigas, atbp.,

mga handog para sa simbahan, prutas, gulay, atbp., mga handog na pananalapi para sa

apostolado ng simbahan,), ang tinapay at alak na magiging Katawan at Dugo ng

Panginoong Hesukristo. Walang lugar para sa mga tinatawag na “symbolic offering.”

Hindi rin dinadala sa paghahandog ng mga alay ang mga medalya, diploma, o iba pang

mga gamit na may kinalaman sa pag-aaral, maliban na lamang kung ang mga ito ay

ibibigay bilang donasyon para sa apostolado ng simbahan.

2. Ang panalangin ng bayan ay mahalagang bahagi ng Pagdiriwang ng Pagpapahayag ng

Salita ng Diyos. Ito ay malayang makakatha ng mga may sapat na kaalaman sa diwa ng

kasalukuyang pagdiriwang. Narito ang talaan na maaaring sundan:

a. Para sa pangwalawakan at lokal na simbahan, kabilang na ang mga namumuno

dito.

b. Para sa mga umuugit sa pamahalaan.

c. Para sa mga taong dumadaan sa anumang kahirapan.

d. Para sa lokal na pamayanan, kabilang na ang mga mag-aaral, mga guro, at mga

namumuno sa paraalan.

3. Pagkatapos ng Panalangin Pagkapakinabang at bago igawad ang pangwakas na

pagpapapala, maaaring dasalin ng pari ang isang natatanging panalangin para sa

kapakanana ng mga mag-aaral na magtatapos.

4. Hindi na kinakailangan ang panalangin ng pasasalamat ng mga mag-aaral at pamunuan

ng paaralan sapagkat ang buogn pagdiriwang ng Misa ay isang pagpapahayag ng

pasasalamat sa Diyos.

296

ANG PAGDIRIWANG NG MISA

PASIMULA




Pambungad na Awit

Pagbati




Bayan: Amen.





O kaya:




Pari: Tinipon tayo ng Panginoon upang magpasalamat

sa kanyang biyaya ng karunungan at katalinuhan,

na ipinagkaloob sa ating mga kapatid upang gamitin

para sa ikabubuti ng sanlibutan.

Ipahayag natin ngayon sa Diyos ang ating utang na loob

sapagkat sya ang pinagmumulan ng lahat ng mabuti at banal.

Pagsisisi sa Kasalanan



297








Kaya isinasamo ko








Bayan: Amen.

Kyrie Eleison







Papuri sa Diyos



Pari: Ama naming Makpangyarihan...

...sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo,


298

Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbasa

Salmong Tugunan

Ikalawang Pagbasa (kung Linggo at mga Pagdiriwang ng Misa ng Dakilang Kapistahan)

Aleluya o Awit Pambungad sa Mabuting Balita (Walang Aleluya kapag panahon ng Kwaresma)

Mabuting Balita

Pangaral


Dadasalin ang Sumasampalataya kung nakatakda sa araw ng pagdiriwang.

Panalangin ng Bayan

Pari: Manalangin tayo mga kapatid sa ating Amang Mapagamahal upang kanyang

kalugdan at pakinggan ang ating mga hinaing at dalangin. Ang ating itutugon:

Panginoon, dinggin mo ang iyong bayan.

T: Para sa banal na Simbahang laganap sa buong daigdig, upang sa pamamagitan ng

biyaya ng Banal na Espiritu at pamumuno ni Papa Francisco, siya ay patuloy na

maging daluyan ng pagpapala ng Diyos sa sangnilikha. Manalangin tayo.

Para sa mga umuugit sa pamahalaan, upang sila ay patuloy na maging

tagapagtaguyod ng katarungan, pantay na karapatan para sa lahat, at kapayapaan.

Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Para sa lahat ng pinahihirapan ng mga pasaning mabibigat, maging sa isip, puso,

at pagkatao, upang sila‟y makatanggap ng nag-uumapaw na biyaya ng Diyos sa

pamamagitan ng kabuting ipinamamalas ng kanilang kapwa tao. Manalangin tayo

sa Panginoon.

Para sa mga umuugit sa banal na Simbahan, ang mga obispo, pari, mga relihiyoso

at relihiyosa, at mga laykong kabalikat sa paglilingkod, upang patuloy nilang

palaganapin ang paghahari ng Diyos sa papamagitan ng masigasig na

paglilingkod sa kanyang sambayanan. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Para sa mga mag-aaral na magtatapos sa araw na ito, upang patuloy nilang

gamitin ang biyaya ng katalinuhan at karunungan upang maging mga kapaki-

pakinabang na bahaggi ng lipunan, at maging katuwang sa pagpapalaganap ng

paghahari ng Diyos sa sanlibutan. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

299

Para sa N., (dito ay babanggitin ang pangalan ng pararalan), kabilang na ang

pamunuan, mga guro at lahat ng katuwang sa pangangalaga ng mga kabataan,

upang sila‟y patuloy na maging gabay sa mga mag-aaral tungo sa mabuting

kinabukasan. Manalangin tayo sa Panginoon.

Pari: Tunghayan mo nawa Panginoon, ang panalangin ng iyong sumasamong

sambayanan, at kalugdan ang aming mga pangangailangan, upang kami‟y patuloy

na makapaglingkod sa iyo at sa kapwa tao. Sa pamamagitan ni Kristong aming

Panginoon.

Lahat: Amen.


Paghahain ng alay

Pagkatapos, sisimulan ang awit ng pag-aalay. Mauuna ang mga may dala ng iba’t ibang

alay para sa Simbahan o sa mga nangangailangan, at sa kahulihan ay ang tinapay at

alak. Samantalang ito’y ginaganap, ilalagay ng mga tagapaglingkod ang telang

patungan ng Katawan ni Kristo, ang pamahiran, ang kalis at ang Aklat sa Pagmimisa sa ibabaw ng dambana.

Ngayon nama’y tatayo ang pari sa gawing gitna na dambana, hahawakan niya ang pinggan ng tinapay nang bahagyang nakaangat sa dambana, habang dinarasal niya ng

pabulong:









Ang diyakono o ang pari ay magbubuhos ng alak at kaunting tubig sa kalis habang dinarasal ng pabulong:




300

Pagbalik sa gawing gitna ng dambana, hahawakan ng pari ang kalis ng bahagyang














Kung minamabuting gawin, iinsensuhan ng pari ang mga alay at ang dambana;

pagkaraa’y iinsensuhan ng diyakono o ng tagapaglingkod ang pari at ang mga nagsisimba.
















301


Pari: Ama naming Lumikha...

Sa pamamgitan ni Kristo, kasama ng Espiritu Santo


Bayan: Amen.


Unang Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo sa mga Linggo sa Karaniwang Panahon

Ang Mistyeryo ng Pasko ng Pagkabuhay at ng Bayan ng Diyos










...Kaya kaisa ng mga anghel




Sanctus




ng kadakilaan Mo!

Osana sa kaitaasan!



Osana sa kaitaasan!



302










Ang mga salita ng Panginoon sa mga sumusunod na pangungusap ay ipahahayag nang malinaw at nauunawaan ng tanan ayon sa hinihingi ng kahulugan ng mga ito.


Hahawakan ng pari ang tinapay nang bahagyang nakataas sa ibabaw ng dambana habang kanyang patuloy na inihahayag:




at sinabi:













at sinabi:

303











Pagbubunyi




O kaya:


aming ipinahahayag.


ay ipinagdiriwang



Pari: Ama,














304

Ama,





























Bayan: Amen.

ANG PAKIKINABANG

Ama Namin




305




Sundin ang loob Mo






























Bayan: Amen.




306











na ito.



maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,


maawa Ka sa amin.

Kordero ng Diyos,
















307







nagdarasal:








Pakikinabang


Pagkapakinabang, ang mga mumo ng ostiya na nasa pinggan ay titipunin sa kalis na huhugasan ng pari o diyakono o tagapaglingkod. Habang ito ay ginaganap ng pari,






Makababalik ngayon sa upuan ang pari. Makapag-uukol ng ilang saglit na katahimikan o makaaawit ng papuri o salmo.

Pagkaraan, ang pari ay titindig sa harap ng upuan o sa gawi ng dambana at paharap sa mga nagsisimbang magpapahayag:

308




Ama naming mapagmahal...

...sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo kasama ng Espiritu Santo,


Bayan: Amen.

Panalangin para sa mga Magtatapos na Mag-aaral

Pagkatapos na dasalin ng pari ang Panalangin Pagkapakinabang, maaaring banggitin ang

sumumunod na panalangin ng pagbabasbas patungkol sa mga mag-aaral na magsisipagtapos.

Ito’y dadasalin habang nakalahad ang kamay ng pari sa mga mag-aaral at kanilang iyuyuko ang mga ulo.


ikaw ang may-akda ng lahat ng may buhay,

at pinagmumulan ng lahat ng pagpapala.

Ipinagkaloob mo sa taong nilikha mong iyong kawangis,

ang biyaya ng karunungan, katalinuhan, at pag-unawa.

Ito‟y minarapat mong kanilang gamitin upang paunlarin

ang sanlibutan hanggang sa ito‟y sumapit sa kaganapan

sa muling pagbabalik ng iyong anak na si Kristo.

Ipagkaloob mo sa mga kabataang ito

ang iyong pagpapala upang sila‟y maging pag-asa

at kinabukasan ng sangkatauhan.

Sila nawa‟y maging mga tunay at masigasig na saksi

ng Mabuting Balita at maipalaganap ang iyong kalooban

sa lahat ng kanilang makakasalamuha.

Gabayan mo sila ng iyong mapagmahal na bisig,

at sa kanilang paglalakbay

ay maging tunay na kapaki-pakinabang

para sa ikaluluwalhati ng iyong pangalan.

Kanila nawang mabigyang kaganapan ang iyong kaharian sa lupa

sa pamamagitan ng kabanalan ng kanilang buhay.

Ito‟y hinihiling naming sa dakilang pangalan ni Kristo,


Lahat: Amen.

309

Pangwakas na Pagpapala



Bayan: Amen.



Bayan: Amen.

Pangwakas



310

APPENDIX

311

APPENDIX

On the use of the Appendix

1. The appendix to the various celebrations presented in this book of rites is a

supplementary source of alternative prayers and prayer formularies approved for the

liturgy, as well as the appropriate scriptural readings.

2. The alternative prayers are taken from the Roman Missal, Third Typical Edition.

3. The alternative prayers in Filipino are found in the “Aklat ng Pagmimisa sa Roma.”

4. The Readings are taken from the Lectionary for Mass, Second Typical Edition, Volume

4: Ritual Masses, Votive Masses, and Masses for Various Needs and Occasions.

5. The Chapters and Verses of the readings are indicated, including the theme of each

specific Scriptural Text. In order to locate the full texts of the readings, reference must be

made using the Appendix of the lectionary found in its last pages.

6. The Readings in Filipino may be found in the equivalent sections in the liturgical book,

“Ang Salita ng Diyos.”

7. In order to make full use of the Book of Rites with its supplementary section, prior

arrangement and careful preparation must be undertaken in order for the faithful to enjoy

a dignified and beautiful celebration of the liturgy.

RITE OF CHRISTIAN INITIATION OF ADULTS

Liturgy of the Word

Selected Readings from the Old Testament

A. Deuteronomy 6:1-7

Hear, O Israel! You shall love the Lord, your God with all your heart.

B. Isaiah 44:1-3

I will pour my Spirit upon your descendants

Responsorial Psalm

A. Ps. 19:8, 9, 10,11 (John 6:68c)

Lord, you have the words of everlasting life.

B. Ps. 8:4-5, 6-7, 8-9

Lord, our God, how wonderful is your name in all the earth

Readings from the New Testament

A. Titus 3:4-7

He saved us through the bath of rebirth and renewal by the Holy Spirit.

312

B. Hebrews 10:22-25

With our hearts sprinkled clean from an evil conscience and our bodies washed in

pure water.

Alleluia Verse and Verse before the Gospel

A. Mk. 16:15

Go into the whole world and proclaim the Gospel

B. John 3:16

God so loved the world that he gave his only-begotten Son so that everyone who

believes in him might have eternal life.

Gospel Readings

A. Matthew 28:18-20

Go, therefore, and make disciples of all nations.

B. John 3:1-6

No one can see the Kingdom of God without being born from above.

SACRAMENT OF CONFIRMATION WITHIN MASS

Entrance Antiphon (To be recited if there is no Entrance Hymn)

A. Ez 36:25-26

Thus says the Lord:

I will pour clean water upon you

and I will give you a new heart;

a new spirit I will place within you (E.T. alleluia).

B. Rom 5:5 ; cf. 8:11

The love of God has been poured into our hearts

through the Spirit of God dwelling within us (E.T. alleluia).

Alternative Collects

A. Graciously pour out Your Holy Spirit upon us,

we pray, O Lord,

so that, walking in oneness of faith

and strengthened by the power of His love,

we may come to the measure of the full stature of Christ.

Who lives and reigns with You in the unity of the Holy Spirit,


313

B. May the Paraclete who proceeds from You,

we pray, O Lord,

enlighten our minds and lead us into all truth,

just as Your Son has promised.

Who lives and reigns with You in the unity of the Holy Spirit,


Liturgy of the Word


A. Isaiah 61:1-3 abcd, 6ab, 8c-9

The Lord has anointed me; he has sent me to bring glad tidings to the lowly and

to give them the oil of gladness.

B. Joel 2:23a, 26; 3:1-3a

I will pour my Spirit upon the servants and handmaids

Responsorial Psalm

A. Ps. 22:23-24ab, 26-27, 28, 31-32

When the Holy Spirit comes to you, you will be my witnesses. (Jn. 15:26-27)

B. Ps. 96:1-2a, 2b-3, 9-10a, 11-12

Proclaim God’s marvelous deeds to all nations


A. Acts of the Apostles 2:1-6, 14, 22b-23, 32-33

All were filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in different languages.

B. Galatians 5:16-17, 22-23a, 24-25

If we live by the Spirit, let us also follow the Spirit.

Alleluia or Verse before the Gospel

A. John 14:16

I will ask the Father and he will give you another Advocate to be with you always.

B. John 16:13a; 14:26d

When the Spirit of truth comes, he will guide you to all truth and remind you of all

I told you.

314

Gospel Readings

A. Luke 4:16-22a

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me.

B. John 15:18-21, 26-27

When the Spirit of truth that proceeds from the Father comes, he will testify to me.

Alternative Prayer over the Offerings

A. Accept graciously these Your servants, O Lord,

together with Your Only Begotten Son,

so that, signed with His Cross and with a spiritual anointing,

they may constantly offer themselves to You in union with Him

and merit each day a greater outpouring of Your Spirit.


B. Accept the oblation of Your family,

we pray, O Lord,

that those who have received the gift of the Holy Spirit

may keep safe what they have received

and come to eternal rewards.


Alternative Preface

Preface II of the Holy Spirit:

The action of the Spirit in the Church



Bishop: Lift up your hearts.


Bishop: Let us give thanks to the Lord our God.


Bishop: It is truly right and just, our duty and our salvation,



315

For You bestow gifts suited to every season

and guide the governing of Your Church in wonderful ways.

By the power of the Holy Spirit

You come unfailingly to Her aid,

so that with a heart always subject to You

She may never fail to seek Your help in time of trouble

nor cease to give You thanks in time of joy,


And so, in company with the choirs of Angels,

we praise You, and with joy we proclaim:

Communion Antiphon

Heb 6:4

Rejoice in the Lord, all you who have been enlightened,

who have tasted the gift from heaven

and have been made sharers in the Holy Spirit (E.T. alleluia).

Alternative Post-Communion Prayer

A. Instruct, O Lord, in the fullness of the Law

those You have endowed with the gifts of Your Spirit

and nourished by the Body of Your Only Begotten Son,

that they may constantly show to the world

the freedom of Your adopted children

and, by the holiness of their lives,

exercise the prophetic mission of Your people.


B. Pour out on us, O Lord, the Spirit of Your love

and, in Your kindness,

make those You have nourished by this one heavenly Bread

one in mind and heart.


PAGMIMISA UKOL SA SAKRAMENTO NG PAGKUKUMPIL

Pambungad na Antipona

A. Ez 36:25-26

Gagawin ko na daluyan

ang buong n’yong katauhan

nitong tubig na dalisay.

Aking Espiritu’y buhay

bagong puso ibibigay.

316

B. Ro 5:5 ; cf. 8:11

Pag-ibig ng Amang Diyos

sa puso nati’y nabuhos.

Espiritu N’ya’y kaloob

upang mamuhay nang lubos

sa ating puso’y lumukob.

Mga Mapipiling Pambungad na Panalangin

A. Ama naming makapangyarihan,

isugo Mo sa amin ang Iyong Espiritu Santo

ayon sa Iyong pangako.

Kaisa Niya‟y mapatotohanan nawa namin

saan mang panig ng daigdig kami naroroon

ang Mabuting Balita na ipinangaral

ng aming Panginoong Hesukristo


B. Ama naming makapangyarihan,

isugo Mo sa amin ang Iyong Espiritu Santo.

Sa tulong ng Kanyang lakas

kaming lahat nawa‟y makapamuhay nang nagkakaisa,

matatag sa pagmamahalan,

at masigasig sa pagtulad sa aming huwaran

na si Hesukristo, kasama Mo

at ng Espiritu Santo magpasawalang hanggan.

Mga Mapipiling Panalangin Ukol sa mga Alay

A. Ama naming Lumikha,

tinatakan Mo ng krus ni Kristo

ang mga kapatid naming bagong kumpil

at pinahiran Mo sila ng langis ng kaligtasan.

Buong pagmamahal Mong tanggapin

ang kanilang pag-aalay ng sarili kaisa ni Hesukristo

sa pamamagitan ng walang tigil na pagdaloy ng Iyong Espiritu

sa buo nilang pagkatao ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

B. Ama naming Lumikha,

tanggapin Mo ang handog ng Iyong angkan

upang Iyong tulungan ang mga bagong kumpil.

Mapangalagaan nawa nila ang kaloob Mong Espiritu Santo.

Mapasakanila nawa ang Iyong walang maliw na gantimpala



317

Mapipiling Prepasyo

Ikalawang Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo sa Espiritu Santo

Ang Ginagampanan ng Espiritu sa Sambayanan



Obispo: Itaas sa Diyos ang inyong puso at diwa.


Obispo: Pasalamatan natin ang Panginoong ating Diyos.


Obispo: Ama naming makapangyarihan,

tunay ngang marapat


Ikaw ang nagtataguyod sa tanan

at sa maraming paraa‟y Iyong pinapatnubayan

ang Iyong tinipong sambayanan.

Ang Iyong Espiritu Santo ay laging kapiling

ng sambayanang kinabibilangan namin

upang Ikaw ay sundin namin at mahalin.

Siya ang dumadalangin sa Iyo upang ang dasal nami‟y dinggin Mo

sa paghiling namin sa Iyong saklolo.

Siya rin ang naglalahad nang lubos

sa pasasalamat namin at utang na loob

sa ligaya naming kinamit sa Iyong tulong






Mga Mapipiling Panalangin Pagkapakinabang

A. Ama naming mapagmahal,

ipinagkaloob Mo si Hesukristo na Iyong Anak

bilang pagkain sa mga bagong kumpil.

Tulungan Mo silang makatupad sa Iyong batas

upang sila ang maging katibayan

ng ninanais Mo sa Iyong mga anak.

318

Sa lahat ng kanilang ginagawa ay maihayag nawa nila

ang pag-iral ng Iyong banal na Salita

sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo na aming Panginoon


B. Ama naming mapagmahal,

pagdaluyin Mo sa amin ang batis

ng Espiritu ng Iyong pag-ibig

upang kaming pinapagsalo Mo

sa pagkaing Iyong bigay para kami‟y pagbuklurin

ay magkaisa sa pananalig sa Iyo



FIRST HOLY EUCHARIST

Liturgy of the Word


The readings presented here are taken from the Lectionary for Mass, Second Typical

Edition, Volume 4: Votive Mass of the Most Holy Eucharist.

A. Exodus 12:21-27

Seeing the blood on the lintel and the two doorposts, the Lord will pass over that

door.

B. 1 Kings 19:4-8

Strengthened by food, he walked to the mountain of God.

Responsorial Psalm

A. Ps. 34:2-3, 4-5, 6-7, 8-9, 10-11

Taste and see the goodness of the Lord.

B. Ps. 78:3, 4a, 7ab, 23-24, 25, 54

The Lord gave them bread from heaven


A. 1 Corinthians 10:16-17

We, though many, are one bread, one Body.

B. 1 Corinthians 11:23-26

For as often as you eat the bread and drink the cup, you proclaim the death of the

Lord.

319

Alleluia or Verse before the Gospel

A. John 6:51

I am the living bread that came down from heaven, says the Lord; whoever eats

this bread will live for ever.

B. Revelation 5:9

Worthy are you to receive the scroll and to break open its seals, for you were

slain and have redeemed us with your Blood. ()

Gospel Readings

A. Luke 9:11b-17

They all ate and were satisfied

B. John 6:24-35

Whoever comes to me will never hunger, and whoever believes in me will never

thirst

THE NUPTIAL MASS

Entrance Antiphon

A. Psalm 90 (89):14, 17

At dawn, O Lord, fill us with Your merciful love,

and we shall exult and rejoice all our days.

Let the favor of the Lord our God be upon us

and upon the work of our hands (E.T. alleluia).

B. Psalm 145 (144):2, 9

I will bless You day after day, O Lord,

and praise Your name for ever and ever,

for You are kind to all

and compassionate to all Your creatures (E.T. alleluia).

Alternative Collects

A. Be attentive to our prayers, O Lord,

and in Your kindness

pour out Your grace on these Your servants, N. and N.,

that, coming together before Your altar,

they may be confirmed in love for one another.




320

Or:

O God, who consecrated the bond of Marriage

by so great a mystery

that in the wedding covenant You foreshadow

the Sacrament of Christ and His Church,

grant, we pray, to these Your servants,

that what they receive in faith

they may live out in deeds.




B. Grant, we pray, almighty God, that these Your servants,

now to be joined by the Sacrament of Matrimony,

may grow in the faith they profess

and enrich Your Church with faithful offspring.




Or:

O God, who since the beginning of the world

have blessed the increase of offspring,

show favor to our supplications

and pour forth the help of Your blessing

on these Your servants, N. and N.,

so that in the union of Marriage

they may be bound together

in mutual affection,

in likeness of mind,

and in shared holiness.




Liturgy of the Word


A. Genesis 1:26-28, 31a

Male and female he created them

B. Genesis 2:18-24

And they will two in one flesh

321

C. Tobit 7:9-10, 11-15

May God join you together and fill you with his blessings.

D. Song of Songs 2:8-10, 14, 16a; 8:6-7a

For love is as strong as death

Responsorial Psalm

A. Ps. 33:12 and 18, 20-21, 22

The earth is full of the goodness of the Lord.

B. Ps. 34:2-3, 4-5, 6-7, 8-9

Taste and see the goodness of the Lord.

C. Ps. 112:1-2, 3-4, 5-7a, 7bc-8, 9

Happy are those who do what the Lord commands

D. Ps. 145:8-9, 10 and 15, 17-18

The Lord is compassionate to all his creatures.


A. Romans 8:31b-35, 37-39

Who will separate us from the love of Christ?

B. 1 Cor. 12:31; 13:8a

If I am without love, it will do me no good whatever.

C. 1 Peter 3:1-9

You should agree with one another, be sympathetic and love the brothers.

D. 1 John 4:7-12

God is love.


A. 1 John 4:8 and 11

God is love; let us love one another as he has loved us.

B. 1 John 4:12

If we love one another God will live in us in perfect love

Gospel

A. Matthew 19:3-6

So then, what God has united, man must not divide.

322

B. Matthew 22:35-40

This is the greatest and the first commandment. The second is similar to it.

C. John 2:1-11

This was the first of the signs given by Jeses; it was given at Cana in Galilee.

D. John 15:12-16

This is my commandment: love one another.

Alternative Prayers Over the Gifts

A. Receive in Your kindness, Lord,

the offering we bring in gladness before You,

and in Your fatherly love

watch over those You have joined in a sacramental covenant.


B. Show favor to our supplications, O Lord,

and receive with a kindly countenance

the oblations we offer for these Your servants,

joined now in a holy covenant,

that through these mysteries

they may be strengthened in love for one another and for You.


Alternative Prefaces

A. The Great Sacrament of Marriage











323

For in Him You have made a new covenant with Your people,

so that, as You have redeemed man and woman

by the mystery of Christ‟s Death and Resurrection,

so in Christ You might make them partakers of divine nature

and joint heirs with Him of heavenly glory.

In the union of husband and wife

You give a sign of Christ‟s loving gift of grace,

so that the Sacrament we celebrate

might draw us back more deeply

into the wondrous design of Your love.

And so, with the Angels and all the Saints,

we praise You, and without end we acclaim:

B. Matrimony as a Sign of Divine Love










For You willed that the human race,

created by the gift of Your goodness,

should be raised to such high dignity

that in the union of husband and wife

You might bestow a true image of Your love.

For those You created out of charity

You call to the law of charity without ceasing

and grant them a share in Your eternal charity.

And so, the Sacrament of holy Matrimony,

as the abiding sign of Your own love,

consecrates the love of man and woman,


324




Alternative Nuptial Blessings

A. Let us pray to the Lord for this bride and groom,

who come to the altar as they begin their married life,

that (partaking of the Body and Blood of Christ)

they may always be bound together by love for one another.



Holy Father,

who formed man in Your own image,

male and female You created them,

so that as husband and wife, united in body and heart,

they might fulfill their calling in the world;

O God, who, to reveal the great design You formed in Your love,

willed that the love of spouses for each other

should foreshadow the covenant You graciously made with

Your people,

so that, by fulfillment of the sacramental sign,

the mystical marriage of Christ with His Church

might become manifest

in the union of husband and wife among Your faithful;

Graciously stretch out Your right hand

over these Your servants N. and N., we pray,

and pour into their hearts the power of the Holy Spirit.

Grant, O Lord,

that, as they enter upon this sacramental union,

they may share with one another the gifts of Your love

and, by being for each other a sign of Your presence,

become one heart and one mind.

May they also sustain, O Lord, by their deeds

the home they are forming

(and prepare their children

to become members of Your heavenly household

by raising them in the way of the Gospel).

Graciously crown with Your blessings Your daughter, N.,

so that, by being a good wife (and mother),

325

she may bring warmth to her home with a love that is pure

and adorn it with welcoming graciousness.

Bestow a heavenly blessing also, O Lord, on N., Your servant,

that he may be a worthy, good and faithful husband

(and a provident father).

Grant, holy Father, that, desiring to approach Your table

as a couple joined in Marriage in Your presence,

they may one day have the joy

of taking part in Your great banquet in heaven.


B. Let us humbly invoke by our prayers, dear brothers and sisters,

God‟s blessing upon this bride and groom,

that in His kindness He may favor with His help

those on whom He has bestowed the Sacrament of Matrimony.



Holy Father, maker of the whole world,

who created man and woman in Your own image

and willed that their union be crowned with Your blessing,

we humbly beseech You for these Your servants,

who are joined today in the Sacrament of Matrimony.

May Your abundant blessing, Lord,

come down upon this bride, N.,

and upon N., her companion for life,

and may the power of Your Holy Spirit

set their hearts aflame from on high,

so that, living out together the gift of Matrimony,

they may (adorn their family with children and)

enrich the Church.

In happiness may they praise You, O Lord,

in sorrow may they seek You out;

may they have the joy of Your presence

to assist them in their toil,

and know that You are near

to comfort them in their need;

let them pray to You in the holy assembly

and bear witness to You in the world,

and after a happy old age,

together with the circle of friends that surrounds them,

may they come to the Kingdom of Heaven.


326

Alternative Communion Antiphons

A. John 13:34

I give you a new commandment, that you love one another

as I have loved you, says the Lord (E.T. alleluia).

B. Psalm 34 (33):2, 9

I will bless the Lord at all times,

praise of Him is always in my mouth.

Taste and see that the Lord is good;

blessed the man who seeks refuge in Him (E.T. alleluia).

Alternative Post-Communion Prayers

A. Having been made partakers at Your table,

we pray, O Lord,

that those who are united by the Sacrament of Marriage

may always hold fast to You

and proclaim Your name to the world.


B. Grant, we pray, almighty God,

that the power of the Sacrament we have received

may find growth in these Your servants

and that the effects of the sacrifice we have offered

may be felt by us all.


Alternative Solemn Blessings

A.


May God the all-powerful Father grant you His joy

and bless you in your children.

People: Amen.

Priest: May the Only Begotten Son of God

stand by you with compassion in good times and in bad.

People: Amen.

Priest: May the Holy Spirit of God

always pour forth His love into your hearts.

327

People: Amen.




People: Amen.

B.


May the Lord Jesus,

who graced the marriage at Cana by His presence,

bless you and your loved ones.

People: Amen.

Priest: May He, who loved the Church to the end,

unceasingly pour His love into your hearts.

People: Amen.

Priest: May the Lord grant that, bearing witness to faith in His Resurrection,

you may await with joy the blessed hope to come.

People: Amen.




People: Amen.

ANG MISA UKOL SA PAG-IISANG DIBDIB

Mga Mapipiling Pambungad na Antipona

A. Salmo 90:14, 17

Kami ay Iyong basbasan

ng awa Mo‟t pagmamahal

at kami ay magdiriwang

sa Iyong kaliwanagang

nagbibigay-kaunlaran (E.T. aleluya).

328

B. Salmo 145:2-9

Ang ngalan Mo, Poong banal,

pupurihin araw-araw

„pagka‟t Ika‟y mapagmahal

sa Iyong nilikhang tanan

sa langit at sanlibutan (E.T. aleluya).

Mga Mapipiling Pambungad na Panalangin

A. Ama naming makapangyarihan,

dinggin Mo an gaming panalangin para kina N. at N..

Ngayong sila‟y pinagbubuklod sa harap ng Iyong dambana,

kupkupin Mo sila at lukuban

upang maging matibay ang kanilang pagmamahalan



B. Ama naming makapangyarihan,

sa pag-iisang-palad nina N. at N. sa sakramento ng kasal

magkaroon nawa sila ng ibayong pananalig sa isa‟t isa.

Pagkalooban Mo sila ng mga supling

na magiging tanda ng Iyong pagpapala

sa Iyong banal na Sambayanan



Mga Mapipiling Panalangin Ukol sa mga Alay

A. Ama naming Lumikha,

pagdamutan Mo at tanggapin ang aming mga alay

na ikinalulugod naming ihain

ngayong pinagbuklod Mo sina N. at N..

Itaguyod Mo sa Iyong dakilang pag-ibig

ang niloob Mong magkaisa sa banal na tipan ng pag-iisang-dibdib



B. Ama naming Lumikha,

pagbigyan Mo ang pakiusap namin

na Iyong pagdamutan itong aming abang alay

upang sina N. at N. ay Iyong pagpalain

ngayong sila‟y Iyong pinagtaling-puso

sa kasunduang banal ng pag-iisang-dibdib.

Sa paghahai‟t pagsasalo sa Iyong kaloob

ang dakilang pag-ibig Mo nawa‟y lumukob

upang ang pagmamahalan nila‟y malubos

329



Mga Mapipiling Pagbubunyi o Prepasyo

A. Ang Dakilang Sakramento ng Pag-iisang Dibdib








tunay ngang marapat

na Ikaw ay aming pasalamatan


Sa kanyang pagkamatay at muling pagkabuhay

ang iyong bagong tipan sa Iyong sambayanan

ay naghahain sa amin ng iyong buhay at pakikipag-ugnayan

bilang mga kasalo sa Iyong kadakilaang walang hanggan.

Sa dakilang pag-ibig na hain ng iyong Anak

pinagbubuklod mo ang mga magsing-ibig

upang sa pagsasama habang panaho‟y mailahad

ang iyong katapatan at pagmamalasakit.


na nagsisiawit ng papuri sa iyo


kami‟y nagbubunyi sa iyong kadakilaan.

B. Ang Pag-iisang-Dibdib bilang Tagapaghiwatig ng Pag-ibig ng Diyos




330





tunay ngang marapat


Sa paglikha Mo sa tao bilang Iyong kawangis

ang Iyong kadakilaan ay Iyong ipinamana

upang mailahad ang Iyong dakilang pag-ibig

sa tapat na pagsasama ng mga mag-asawa.

Hindi ba‟t Iyong pag-ibig ang sanhi ng paglikha sa tao?

Kaya‟t pag-ibig Mo pa rin ang mamanahin ng mga tapat sa Iyo.

Itong pag-iisang-dibdib ng mga magsing-ibig

ay siyang banal na tagapahiwatig

ng Iyong maaasahang pagtatangkilik

kaya‟t sa pag-ibig Mo sumasanib

ang pag-ibig ng mag-asawang ito

sa pamamagitan ng aming Panginoong Hesukristo.





Mga Mapipiling Panalangin Ukol sa mga Bagong Kasal

A. Mga kapatid,

halina‟t ipanalangin sa Ama nating banal

ang mga bagong kasal na nangangakong magmamahalan

bilang mga magkasalo sa Katawan at Dugo ng Poong mahal.



magkakaanak.

Ama naming banal,

nilikha Mo ang tao bilang lalaki‟t babaeng Iyong kalarawan

upang sa kaugnayan sa pag-iisang-dibdib ay maisakatuparan

ang Iyong layunin sa lupang ibabaw.

331


niloob Mong sa pamumuhay ng mga mag-asawa sa pagmamahalan

ay mabanaagan ang tipan ng IYong paghirang

na Iyong minarapat ipagkaloob sa Iyong sambayanan

upang ang ipinahihiwatig Mong lubusan

ay maglahad ng pag-iisang-dibdib ni Kristo at ng Sambayanan

kaya naman hinihiling naming sina N. at N. ay gawaran

ng pagbabasbas ng Iyong kanang kamay.

Ipagkaloob Mong sa pagsasama nila habang buhay

kanilang mapagsaluhan ang pag-ibig Mong bigay

at sa isa‟t isa‟y kanilang maipamalas ang Iyong pakikipisan

sa pagkakaisa ng damdamoin at isipan.

Bigyan Mo rin sila ng matatag na tahanan,

at mga anak na huhubugin sa Mabuting Balita ng Anak Mong mahal

para maging maaasahang kaanib ng Iyong angkan.

Marapatin Mong mapuspos ng pagpapala ang babaing ito na si N.,

upang bilang asawa ni N., at bilang ina ng magiging anak nila

kanyang maganap nang may pagmamalasakit ang tungkulin sa

tahanan.

Gayun din naman, pangunahan Mo ng Iyong pagbabasbas

ang lalaking ito na si N.,

upang kanyang magampanang marapat

ang tungkulin ng asawang matapat ni N.

at amang maaasahan ng kanilang magiging mga anak.

Ama naming banal,

pagbigyan Mo sila sa pagdulog sa Iyong hapag

bilang mga pinagbuklod sa pag-ibig na wagas

upang kanilang mapagsaluhan ang piging na di magwawakas



B. Mga kapatid,

manalangin tayo para sa mga pinagbuklod sa pag-iisang-dibdib

upang sila‟y matulunga ng Amang banal at mapagtangkilik.

332



magkakaanak.

Ama naming banal,

Ikaw ang Lumikha sa sanlibutan at sa sangkatauhan

na Iyong ginawang maging lalaki‟t babaeng Iyong kalarawan

at niloob Mong mapuspos ng Iyong pagpapala sa pagpapakasal.

Idinadalangin naming ang babaeing ito na si N.

ngayong nagging kabiyak ng puso ni N.

upang sa magkatuwang nilang pamumuhay

ang Iyong pinadadaloy na pagpapala ay mag-umapaw

at sa pagkakaroon nila ng mga anak ay magkamit ang Sambayanan

ng mga bagong kaanib bilang dakilang kayamanan.

Magalak nawa sila sa pagpaparangal sa Iyong ngalan.

Makadulong nawa sila sa Iyo kapag nasa pagsubok at kahirapan.

Magkamit nawa sila ng Iyong pagtuwang sa kanilang ginagampanan.

Makadama nawa sila ng Iyong pagtulong sa kanilang pangangailangan.

Makasamba nawa sila sa Iyo kaisa ng Sambayanang nagdiriwang.

Makapagindapat nawa sila bilang mga saksing maaasahan.

Makasapit nawa sila sa pagtanda nang may kasiyahan

sa piling ng mga kaibigang putong nila at karangalan

sa pagsapit nila sa Iyong kaharian sa kalangitan


kasama ng Espiritu Santo magpasawalgn hanggan.

Mga Mapipiling Antipona sa Pakikinabang

A. Juan 13:34

Ang bago Kong kautusang

sa inyo’y ibinibigay:

kayo sana’y magmahalan

gaya ng Aking tinaglay

na pag-ibig Kos a tanan (E.T. aleluya).

B. Salmo 33:1-9

Ang Panginoo’y purihin

tikman at mahalagahin

tamis ng Kanyang paggiliw

sapagka’t Siya’y butihin

tapat Siya’t walang maliw (E.T. aleluya).

333

Mga Mapipiling Panalangin Pagkapakinabang

A. Ama naming mapagmahal,

kaming Iyong pinagindapat magsalo sa haing nagbibigay-buhay

ay nakikiusap para kina N. at N. na Iyong pinag-isang puso

sa banal na sakramento ng kasal.

Ang Iyong katapatan ay panatilihin Mo sa kanila

nang sa bawa‟t kapwa‟y kanilang maipakilala

na totoong maaasahan Ka sa pamamagitan ni Hesukristo


B. Ama naming mapagmahal,

patibayin nawa ng paghahain

na aming ginanap at pinagsaluhan

ang pagtataling-puso nina N. at N..

Ang bigkis ng pag-ibig na Iyong ibinigay

ay patuloy nawang humigpit at tumibay



Mga Mapipiling Maringal na Pagbabasbas

A.

Pari: Ang Diyos Amang makapangyarihan ay siya nawang magbigay

ng kagalakang dulot ng mga anak na sa inyo‟y sisilang

at ng Kanyang kasiyahan ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang Bugtong na Anak ng Diyos ay siya nawang sa inyo‟y tumuwang

sa kahirapan at kaginhawahan ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang Espiritu Santo ay siya nawang magdulot ng pagmamahal

na nag-uumapaw sa inyo ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.




Bayan: Amen.

334

B.

Pari: Ang Panginoong Hesus na nagpaunlak sa Cana

na dumalo sa piging ng bagong kasal na mag-asawa

ay siya nawang pumuspos sa inyo at sa inyong mga kaibigan

ng Kanyang pagpapalang magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang Panginoong Hesus na nagmamahal

sa Sambayanan hanggang kamatayan

ay siya nawang magpadaloy ng Kanyang pagmamahal

sa iyong kalooban


Bayan: Amen.

Pari: Ang Panginoong Hesus na siyang ipinahayag na muling nabuhay

ay siya nawang magdulot ng kasiyahan

sa pagpapakita Niyang inaasahan

looban ngayon at magpasawalang hanggan.

Bayan: Amen.

Pari: At kayong lahat na nagkatipun-tipon dito



Bayan: Amen.

THE RITE OF RECONCILIATION OF SEVERAL PENITENTS

WITH INDIVIDUAL CONFESSION, PENANCE, AND ABSOLUTION

Liturgy of the Word


A. 2 Samuel 12:1-9, 13

David said to Nathan: I have sinned against the Lord God. Nathan said to David:

The Lord has forgiven your sin; you will not die.

B. Sirach 28: 1-7

Forgive your neighbor when he hurts you, and then your sins will be forgiven

when you pray.

335

C. Ezekiel 11:14-21

I will take the heart of stone from their bodies, and I will give them a heart of

flesh, so that they may walk according to my laws.

Responsorial Psalm

A. Psalm 25

Turn to me, Lord, and have mercy

B. Psalm 36

How precious is your unfailing love, Lord.

C. Psalm 95

If today you hear his voice, harden not your heart


A. Romans 13:8-14

Let us cast away the works of darkness and put on the weapons of light.

B. Ephesians 4:1-3, 17-32

Renew yourself and put on the new man

C. 1 John 2:3-11

Whoever hates his brother remains in darkness

Gospel

A. Matthew 9:9-13

I did not come to call the righteous, but the sinners.

B. Luke 17:1-4

If your brother sins agains you seven times a day and returns to you seven times a

day and am I sorry, you must forgive him.

C. John 8:1-11

Go and sin no more.

THE SACRAMENT OF ANOINTING WITHIN MASS

Liturgy of the Word


A. 1 Kings 19:4-8

God strengthens and sustains his servants.

336

B. Isaiah 52:13-53:12 He bore our sufferings himself

Responsorial Psalm

A. Psalm 6

Have mercy on me, Lord; my strength is gone.

B. Psalm 25

To you, Lord, I lift my soul.

C. Psalm 27

Put your hope in the Lord; take courage and be strong.


A. 2 Corinthians 4:16-18

Though our body is weakened, our spirit is renewed.

B. Hebrews 4:14-16; 5:7-9

Jesus identified himself with us totally; he suffered, and through his suffering

discovered the will of the Father.

C. James 5:13-16

This prayer, made in faith, will save the sick person.


A. Psalm 33

Lord, let your mercy be on us, as we place our trust in you.

B. Matthew 5:4

Happy are they who mourn; they shall be comforted.

Gospel

A. Matthew 11:25-30

Come to me, all you who labor.

B. Mark 2:1-12

Seeing their faith, Jesus said to the sick man: Your sins are forgiven.

C. John 10:11-18

The good shepherd lays down his life for his sheep.

Documents

THE BOOK OF RITESdioceseofparanaque.org/.../01/cir-2018-008-Book-of-Rites.pdfliturgical books be used, such as the Roman Missal, Aklat ng Pagmimisa sa Roma, the Lectionary, and/or